===> pattra [ pattra ]2[ p'attra ] n. (and m. Śātkat (1) ifc. f. [ A ] and [ I ]) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c. (2) the feather of an arrow R. Ragh (3) a bird L. (4) any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv (5) a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c. (6) the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30 (7) Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr. (8) a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper (9) a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. ([ pattram Aropya ], ` having committed to paper ' Śak.) (10) any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. [ paTTa ]) (11) the blade of a sword or knife (cf. [ asi- ]) (12) a knife, dagger L. (13) = [ -bhaGga ] Ragh. Gīt. [ Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. [ penna ] (older [ 581,2 ] [ pesna ] for [ pet-na ]) ; Germ. [ Feder ] ; Eng. [ feather ]. ]
===> [ pattra ]1[ pattra ] &c. See p. 581, col. 2
===> patāka [ patAka ]2[ patAka ] m. (` flying '), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for [ °kA ]) AdbhBr. (1) a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. [ tri-p° ]) (2) ([ A ]), f. See next
===> patākā [ patAkA ]2[ patAkA ] f. (ifc. f. [ A ]) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ °kAM-√ labh ] or [ hR ], ` to win the palm ' Daś. Vcar.) [ 581,2 ] (1) a flag-staff L. (2) a partic. high number MBh. (= [ mahA-padma ] Nīlak.) (3) (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar (4) good fortune, auspiciousness L. (5) N. of wk.
===> paudgalika [ paudgalika ]1[ paudgalika ] mfn. (fr. [ pudgala ]) substantial, material, Śīl (1) selfish Divyâv
===> paura [ paura ]1[ paur'a ]1 m. (√ [ pRR ]) ` filler, increaser ', N. of Soma (Sāy. = [ udara-pUraka ]) (1) of Indra (Sāy. = [ pUrayitR ]) (2) of the Aśvins &c. RV. (3) of a Ṛshi (author of RV. v, 73 ; 74) (4) (pl.) of a dynasty VP.
===> [ paura ]1[ paura ]2 mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ pura ]) belonging to a town or city, urban, civic (1) m. a townsman, citizen (opp. to [ jAnapada ]) Gaut. MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) a prince engaged in war under certain circumstances (= [ nAgara ], q. v., applied also to planets opposed to each other) Var (3) (pl.) N. of a dynasty VP. (4) ([ I ]), f. the language of the servants in a palace L. (5) n. a species of fragrant grass L.
===> paura-jānapada [ paurajAnapada ]3[ paura-jAnapada ] mf ([ I ]) n. belonging to town and country (1) m. pl. townsmen and country-people MBh. R.
===> paurodhasa [ paurodhasa ]3[ pauro-dhasa ] m. patr. fr. [ puro-dhas ] Saṃskārak. (1) the office of the Purohita BhP.
===> paurohitya [ paurohitya ]3[ pauro-hitya ] mfn. belonging to the family of a Purohita ĀśvŚr. (1) n. the office of a recited Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pauruṣa [ pauruSa ]1[ pauruS'a ]1 mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ puruSa ]) manly, human ŚBr. MBh. &c. (1) belonging or sacred to Purusha RPrāt. Mn. MBh. &c. (2) = [ puruSa-dvayasa ], [ -daghna ] or [ -mAtra ] Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 ; 38 (3) m. a weight or load which can be carried by one man Mn. viii, 404 (Kull.) (4) N. of a Rākshasa VP. (v. l. [ pauruSeya ]) (5) ([ I ]), f. a woman ŚāṅkhŚr. (6) a period of 3 hours (= [ yAma ]) HPariś (7) n. manhood, virility (opp. to [ strItva ]) R. (8) manliness, manly strength or courage or deed, valour, heroism MBh. Kāv. &c. (9) force (opp. to [ buddhi ], ` intellect ') Kathās (10) a man's length VarBṛS. (11) a generation ĀśvŚr. MārkP. (12) semen virile L. (13) the penis Suśr. (14) a sun-dial L.
===> [ pauruSa ]2[ pauruSa ]2 Vṛddhi form of [ puruSa ] in comp.
===> pauruṣeya [ pauruSeya ]2[ pa'uruSeya ] mf ([ I ]) n. relating to or derived from or made by man, human RV. VS. AV. Br. MBh. [ 651,3 ] (1) coming from the soul, spiritual Kap. Sch. (2) m. a hireling, day-labourer SaddhP. (3) = [ samUha ], [ vadha ] or [ puruSasya pad^antaram ] (?) L. (4) N. of a Rākshasa BhP. (5) n. human action, the work of man AV.
===> paurva [ paurva ]1[ paurva ]1 mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ pUrva ]) relating or belonging to the past (1) relating to the east, eastern W.
===> [ paurva ]2[ paurva ]2 Vṛddhi form of [ pUrva ] in comp.
===> paurvika [ paurvika ]2[ paurvika ] mf ([ I ]) n. former, prior, ancient, old, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c. (1) ([ I ]), f. an ancestress MBh.
===> paurvāparya [ paurvAparya ]3[ paurvAparya ] n. priority and posteriority, the relation of prior and posterior, succession, continuity Lāṭy. Śaṃk. &c.
===> paurāṇa [ paurANa ]1[ paurANa ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ purANa ]) relating to the past or to former times, previous, ancient, primeval, Paurānic MBh. Hariv. R.
===> paurāṇika [ paurANika ]3[ paurANika ] mf ([ I ]) n. id. Kāv. Pur. Suśr. (1) versed in ancient legends and stories MBh. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60) (2) of the value of one Purāṇa (coin) Saṃskārak. (3) m. a Brāhman well read in the Purāṇas, a mythologist W.
===> pautra [ pautra ]1[ pa'utra ]1 mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ putra ]) derived from or relating to a son or children AV. MBh. &c. (with [ iSTi ] f. ` a sacrifice performed to obtain a son ' R.) (1) m. a son's son, grandson AV. Br. &c. (also [ -ka ] Kāv.) (2) ([ I ]), f. a granddaughter MBh. Hariv. Kathās (3) N. of Durgā L.
===> [ pautra ]1[ pautra ]2 n. the office of the Potṛ g. [ udgAtrAdi ]
===> pauṃsna [ pauMsna ]2[ pauMsna ] mf ([ I ]) n. worthy of or fit for or relating to a man, manly, human BhP. (1) n. manhood, virility ib.
===> pauṣa [ pauSa ]1[ pauSa ] mf ([ I ]), n. relating to or occurring at the time when the moon is in the asterism Pushya Ragh. Var (1) m. the month Pausha (December-January, when the full moon is in the asterism Pushya) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (2) N. of the 3rd year in the 12 years ' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS. (3) ([ I ]), f. the night or day of full moon in the month Pausha Kauś (4) n. a festival or a partic. festival L. (5) a fight, combat L. (6) N. of sev. Sāmans Br.
===> pauṣpa [ pauSpa ]1[ pauSpa ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ puSpa ]) relating to or coming from or made of flowers, flowery, floral Kāv. Pur. (often w. r. for [ pauSya ] MBh.) (1) ([ I ]), f. N. of the city of Pāṭali-putra (= [ puSpa-purI ]) L.
===> pauṣpaka [ pauSpaka ]2[ pauSpaka ] mfn. = [ pauSpa ] Hcat (1) n. oxide of brass considered as a collyrium, green vitriol L.
===> pauṣṭika [ pauSTika ]1[ pauSTika ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ puSTi ]) relating to growth or welfare, nourishing, invigorating, furthering, promoting (with gen.) Gṛhyās. Mn. MBh. &c. [ 652,2 ] (1) n. a cloth worn during the ceremony of tonsure L.
===> pavana [ pavana ]2[ p'avana ] m. ` purifier ', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. [ A ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) vital air, breath Suśr. Sarvad (2) the regent of the Nakshatra Svāti and the north-west region Var (3) N. of the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib. (4) a householder's sacred fire Hār (5) a species of grass L. (6) N. of a son of Manu Uttama BhP. (7) of a mountain ib. (8) of a country in Bharata-kshetra W. (9) ([ I ]), f. a broom L. (10) the wild citron-tree L. (v. l. [ pacanI ]) (11) N. of a river VP. (12) n. or m. purification, winnowing of corn L. (13) a potter's kiln, Śṛṅgār (14) n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. ĀśvGṛ. (15) blowing Kaṇ (16) water L. (17) mfn. clean, pure L.
===> pavitra [ pavitra ]2[ pav'itra ] n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c. (1) Kuśa grass (esp. two Kuśa leaves for holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c. (ifc. also [ ko ], See [ sa-pavitraka ]), a ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W. (2) a purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yājñ. MBh. (3) a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8 ; 31, 6 &c. (4) melted butter L. (5) honey L. (6) water L. (7) rain or rubbing ([ varSaNa ] or [ gharSaNa ]) L. (8) copper L. (9) the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. [ -ka ] MārkP.) (10) the Brāhmanical cord (cf. [ °tr^aropaNs ]) (11) N. of Viṣṇu (also [ presented pavintrANAm ]) MBh. (cf. RTL. 106) (12) of Śiva ib. (13) (with [ AdityAnAm ] and [ devAnAm ]) N. of Sāmans ArshBr. (14) a kind of metre Col. (15) m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Rājasūya TāṇḍBr. Sch. ŚrS. (16) Sesamum Indicum L. (17) Nageia Putranjiva L.
---> N. of a man, g. [ azv^adi ] (18) of an Āṅgirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67 ; 73 ; 83 ; 107) RAnukr. (19) (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur. (20) ([ A ]), f. N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L. (21) of sev. rivers MBh. Pur. (22) the 12th day of the light half of Śravaṇa (a festival in honour of Viṣṇu) W. (23) mf ([ A ]) n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c.
===> payas [ payas ]2[ p'ayas ] n. (√ 1. [ pI ]) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain (1) semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c. (2) a species of Andropogon Bhpr. (3) N. of a Sāman ŚrS. (4) of a Virāj RPrāt. (5) night Naigh. i, 7
===> payo-da [ payoda ]3[ payo-da ] mf ([ A ]) n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv. (1) yielding water (as a cloud) Subh (2) m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. ([ -suhRd ] m. ` friend of clouds ', a peacock Sāh.) (3) N. of a son of Yadu Hariv. (4) ([ A ]), f. N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda MBh.
===> payo-dhara [ payodhara ]3[ payo-dhara ] m. ` containing water or milk ', a cloud Kāv. Rājat (1) (ifc. f. [ A ]) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) the root of Scirpus Kysoor L. (3) a species of sugar-cane L. (4) the cocoa-nut L. (5) a species of Cyperus L. (6) an amphibrach Col. (7) [ °rI-√ bhU ], to become an udder Ragh (8) [ °r^onnati ] f. a high breast (and ` rising clouds ') Kāv
===> paśca [ pazca ]1[ pazca ] mfn. hinder, later, western, only ibc. or ind. = [ pazcA ], [ °cAt ] Pāṇ. 5-3, 33. [ Cf. [ uc-ca ], [ nI-ca ] ; Lat. [ pos-t ], [ pos-terus ] ; Lith. [ paskui ], [ paskut'inis ]. ]
===> paścā [ pazcA ]2[ pazcA ] ind. (instr. of [ pazca ]) behind, after, later, westward, in the west (opp. to [ purA ]) RV. AV. Br. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 33)
===> paścāc-chramaṇa [ pazcAcchramaNa ]3[ pazcAc-chramaNa ] (for [ zr° ]), m. a Buddhist priest who walks behind another Buddhist priest in visiting the laity L.
===> paścāt [ pazcAt ]2[ pazc'At ] ind. (abl. of [ pazca ]) from behind, behind, in the rear, backwards RV. &c. &c. (1) from or in the west, westwards AV. &c. &c. (2) afterwards, hereafter, later, at last (pleonast. after [ tatas ] or an ind. p. (3) with √ [ tap ], to feel pain after, regret, repent) Mn. MBh. &c. (4) (as a prep. with abl. or gen.) after, behind ib. (5) to the west Up. GṛŚrS.
===> paścāt-kāla [ pazcAtkAla ]3[ pazc'At-kAla ] m. subsequent time (1) ([ e ]), ind. subsequently, afterwards L.
===> paśu [ pazu ]2[ pazu ]1 ind. see, behold! L.
===> [ pazu ]2[ pazu ]2 or m. (instr. [ paz'unA ] or [ °zva ]
===> [ pazu ]3[ p'azu ] m. (instr. [ paz'unA ] or [ °zva ] (1) dat. [ p'azve ] or [ paz'ave ] (2) gen. [ pazv'as ] or [ °zos ] (3) du. [ pazv'A ] (4) acc. pl. [ pazv'as ] or [ °z'Un ]) cattle, kine (orig. any tethered animal ' (5) singly or collect. ` a herd '), a domestic or sacrificial animal (as opp. to [ mRga ], ` wild animal ; 5 kinds are enumerated, ` men, kine, horses, goats and sheep ' [ AV. xi, 2, 9 &c. ], to which are sometimes added mules arid asses [ MBh. vi, 155 &c. ] or camels and dogs [ AV. iii, 10, 6 Comm. ]) RV. &c. &c. [ 611,3 ] (6) any animal or brute or beast (also applied contemptuously to a man (7) cf. [ nara-p° ] and [ nR-p° ]) (8) a mere animal in sacred things i. e. an uninitiated person Cat. (9) an animal sacrifice AitĀr. BhP. (10) flesh RV. i, 166 6 an, ass L. (11) a goat L. (12) a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers L. (13) (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) the individual soul as distinct from the divine Soul of the universe RTL. 89 (14) Ficus Glomerata L. (15) (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (v. l. [ patti ]) (16) n. cattle (only as acc.) before [ manyate ] [ VS. xxiii, 30 ] and [ manyamAna ] [ RV. iii, 53, 23 ] ; and pl. [ pazUni ] R. Kathās.) [ Cf. Zd. [ pasu ] ; Lit. [ pecu ] ; Old Pruss. [ pecku ] ; Goth. [ fa'ihu ] ; Germ. [ fihu ], [ vihe ], [ Vieh ] ; Angl. Sax. [ feoh ] ; Eng. [ fee ]. ] [ -karman ] n. the act of offering the victim, sacrifice ŚrS.
---> copulation (as a merely animal act) ŚBr. Sch.
===> paśu-pati [ pazupati ]3[ pazu-p'ati ] m. ` lord of animals ' (or ` lord of a servant named Paśu ' or ` lord of the soul ' RTL. 89), N. of the later Rudra-Śiva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahā-deva, Īśāna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c. (1) of Agni ' TS. ŚBr.
---> of Śiva MBh. &c. (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere [ pazu ] or animal when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura) (2) of a lexicographer (3) of a Scholiast &c. (4) [ -dhara ] m. N. of a poet Cat. (5) [ -nagara ] n. ` Śiva's town ', N. of Kāśī or Benares ib. (6) [ -nAtha ] m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W. (7) [ -purANa ] n. (prob.) = ŚivaP. (8) [ -zarman ] m. N. of a man Cat. (9) [ -zAsTra ] n. the sacred book of the Pāśupatas revealed by Śiva Col. (10) [ °t^izvara-nAhAtmya ] and [ °ty-askTaka ] n. N. of wks.
===> paśu-pālaka [ pazupAlaka ]3[ pazu-pAlaka ] m. a herdsman (1) ([ ikA ]), f. a herdsman wife Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Pat.
===> paśyat [ pazyat ]2[ pazyat ] mf ([ antI ]) n. seeing, beholding &c. (1) ([ antI ]), f. a harlot L. (2) N. of a partic. sound L.
===> paṅgu [ paGgu ]1[ paGgu ] mf ([ vI ], or [ U ]) n. (fr. √ [ paj ] ? (1) cf. Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV. Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c. (2) N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr. (3) m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. [ -vAsara ]) (4) of Nirjita-varman Rājat
===> paṇa [ paNa ]2[ paNa ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen. (1) loc. or ifc. (2) [ paNaM-√ kR ], to make a bet (3) [ paNe ni-√ as ], to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c. (4) a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit. (5) the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛcch. Kathās (6) a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ. (7) a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 (` a handful ' Sch.) (8) a commodity for sale L. (9) price L. (10) wealth, property L. (11) business L. (12) a publican or distiller L. (13) a house, dwelling ([ gRha ] w. r. for [ glaha ]?) L.
===> paṇana [ paNana ]2[ p'aNana ] n. purchasing, buying ŚBr. (1) sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L. (2) betting W.
===> paṇava [ paNava ]1[ paNava ] m. (prob. fr. [ pra-Nava ]) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also [ A ] f. L.) (1) a kind of metre Col. (v. l. [ pan° ]) (2) N. of a prince VP.
===> paṇya [ paNya ]2[ paNya ] mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr. (1) to be bought or sold, vendible (See n. and comp.) (2) to be transacted L. (3) ([ A ]), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L. (4) n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c. (5) trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. [ jJAna- ]) (6) a booth, shop Daś
===> paṇḍaka [ paNDaka ]2[ p'aNDaka ] m. = [ paNDa ] MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. ([ -tva ], n. Kāṭh.) (1) m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa
===> paṇḍita [ paNDita ]2[ paNDit'a ] mfn. (according to some, for [ spandita ]) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp. (1) cf. Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c. (2) m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) N. of a man (= [ °taka ]) MBh. (4) of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv. (5) incense L.
===> paṇḍita-jātīya [ paNDitajAtIya ]3[ paNDit'a-jAtIya ] mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)
===> paṭa [ paTa ]2[ paTa ] m. (n. L. (1) ifc. f. [ A ]) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. [ marut- ], [ vAta- ]) (2) a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād (3) monastic habit Kāraṇḍ (4) a kind of bird Lalit. (5) Buchanania Latifolia L. (6) = [ puras-kRta ] L. (7) ([ I ]), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar. (8) the curtain of a stage L. (cf. [ apaTI ]) (9) n. a thatch or roof (= [ paTala ]) L.
===> paṭaha [ paTaha ]1[ paTaha ] m. (rarely n. or f. ii) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √ [ dA ], or Caus. of √ [ dA ] or √ [ bhram ], to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [ 579,2 ] (1) m. beginning L. (2) hurting L.
===> paṭaka [ paTaka ]2[ paTaka ] m. cotton-cloth L. (1) a camp, encampment L. (2) the half of a village L. (v. l. for [ pAT° ])
===> paṭala [ paTala ]2[ paTala ] n. (and rarely [ I ] f.) a roof, thatch Var (1) a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. [ A ]) (2) a basket, chest, box Bālar (3) a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting ` cloud ') MBh. Kāv. &c. (4) n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ (5) a chip, piece, portion Kād (6) a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.) (7) n. train, retinue L. (8) a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L. (9) m. v. l. for [ paTara ] (See above) (10) mf. a tree or a stalk ([ vRkSa ] v. l. [ vRnta ]) L.
===> paṭu [ paTu ]1[ paTu ] mf ([ u ], or [ vI ]) n. (√ [ paT ]?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib. (2) great or strong in, fit for, able to (3) capable of (loc. or comp.) ib. (4) saline (cf. [ tri- ]) (5) cruel, hard L. (6) healthy L. (7) eloquent L. (cf. [ vAk- ]) (8) clear, manifest L. (9) m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L. (10) Momordica Charantia L. (11) Nigella Indica L. (12) a kind of perfume L. (13) a species of camphor L. (14) N. of a man Pravar (15) of a poet Cat. (16) (pl.) of a people MārkP. (17) of a caste VP. (18) m. n. a mushroom L. (19) n. salt, pulverized salt L.
===> paṭīyas [ paTIyas ]2[ paTIyas ] mfn. sharper, more clever (1) also = prec. (2) very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59
===> paṭṭa [ paTTa ]1[ paTTa ] m. (fr. [ pattra ]?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh. (1) (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. [ tAmra- ]) (2) the flat or level surface of anything (cf. [ lalATa- ], [ zilA- ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr. (4) a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the [ prasAda-paTTas ], or turban of honour [ 579,3 ] (5) cf. VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. [ A ]) (6) cloth (= [ paTa ])
---> coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= [ kauzeya ]) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. [ cIna-p° ], [ paTT^aMzuka ] &c.) (7) an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ. (8) a place where 4 roads meet (= [ catuS-patha ]) L. (9) Corchorus Olitorius W. (10) = [ vidUSaka ] Gal. (11) N. of sev. men Rājat (12) ([ I ]), f. a forehead ornament L. (13) a horse's food-receptacle (= [ tAla-sAraka ]) L. (14) a species of Lodhra L. (15) a city, town (cf. [ -nivasana ])
===> paṭṭa-sūtra [ paTTasUtra ]3[ paTTa-sUtra ] n. a silk thread (1) [ -kAra ] m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col. (2) [ -maya ] mf ([ I ]) n. made of silk-thread Hcat
===> paṭṭa-vastra [ paTTavastra ]3[ paTTa-vastra ] n. a kind of cloth ([ °tr^antarI-√ kR ], to wrap in that cloth) Suśr. (1) mfn. = next
===> paṭṭaka [ paTTaka ]2[ paTTaka ] m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās (1) a bandage, girdle Hcat (2) ([ ikA ]), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch. (3) a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP. (4) cloth, wove silk (5) a species of Lodhra L. (6) N. of a woman L. (7) n. a document on a plate Rājat (8) a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr.
===> paṭṭava [ paTTava ]1[ paTTava ] m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (w. r. for [ paTTa-ja ]?)
===> pelava [ pelava ]2[ pelava ] mf ([ A ]) n. delicate, fine, soft, tender Kālid. Kathās. (ifc. ` delicate like ' or ` too delicate for ') (1) thin, slim, slender Śiś. Suśr. (opp. to [ bahala ])
===> peya [ peya ]2[ peya ] mfn. to be drunk or quaffed, drinkable MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) to be tasted, tastable MBh. (opp. to [ ghreya ], [ spRzya ] &c.) (2) to be taken (as medicine) Car. (3) to be drunk in or enjoyed by (cf. [ zrotra-p° ]) (4) m. (sc. [ yajJa-kratu ]) a drink offering, libation ŚāṅkhŚr. (5) ([ A ]), f. rice gruel or any drink mixed with a small quantity of boiled rice MBh. Car. Suśr. (6) a species of anise (= [ mizreyA ]) L. (7) n. a drink, beverage MBh. R. Suśr.
===> peśala [ pezala ]2[ pezal'a ] mf ([ A ]) n. (g. [ sidhm^adi ]) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr. (1) beautiful, charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) soft, tender, delicate, Kalid (3) expert, skilful, clever Bhartṛ (4) fraudulent, crafty L. (5) ([ am ]), ind. tenderly, delicately Kathās (6) m. N. of Viṣṇu, V. (7) n. charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP.
===> peśī [ pezI ]2[ pezI ]1 f. (g. [ gaur^adi ]) a piece of flesh or meat (also [ mAMsa-p° ] or [ pezI mAMsa-mayI ]) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. MBh. (cf. [ pizita ]) (1) the fetus shortly after conception ([ -tva ] n.) Nir. MBh. Suśr. (2) a muscle (of which there are said to be 500 in the human body) Yājñ. Suśr. (3) the peel or rind (of fruit) Suśr. (cf. [ pezikA ]) (4) a kind of drum MBh. (5) a sheath, scabbard L. (6) a shoe L. (7) the egg of a bird L. (8) spikenard L. (9) a blown bud L. (10) N. of a Piśācī and a Rākshasī L. (11) of a river L.
===> [ pezI ]2[ pezI ]2 ind. for [ °za ]
===> peṭa [ peTa ]1[ peTa ] mf ([ A ], or [ I ]) n. (√ [ piT ]?) a basket, bag L. (1) a multitude L. (2) a retinue L. (3) m. the open hand with the fingers expanded (= [ pra-hasta ]) L.
===> peṭaka [ peTaka ]2[ peTaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. a little basket, casket, box Daś. Sāy. Kull. (cf. [ koza-peTaka ], [ bhUSaNa-peTikA ]) (1) m. n. = [ dvaMdva ] L. (2) n. a multitude, company, quantity, number Rājat. Kathās. ([ °kaM-√ kR ], with instr. ` to join or consort with ') (3) ([ ik'a ]), f. a species of plant L.
===> pha [ pha ]1[ pha ]1 aspirate of [ pa ]
===> [ pha ]1[ pha ]2 (only cf. L.), mfn. manifest (1) m. a gale (2) swelling (3) gaping (4) gain (5) = [ vardhaka ] (6) = [ yakSa-sAdhana ] (7) n. flowing (8) bursting with a popping noise (9) bubbling, boiling (10) angry or idle speech
===> phala [ phala ]2[ ph'ala ] n. (ifc. f. [ A ] or [ I ]) fruit (esp. of trees) cf. RV. &c. &c. (1) the kernel or seed of a fruit, Āmar (2) a nutmeg cf. Suśr. (3) the 3 myrobalans (= [ tri-phalA ], q. v.) cf. L. (4) the menstrual discharge cf. L. (cf. [ puSpa ]) (5) fruit (met.), consequence, effect, result, retribution (good or bad), gain or loss, reward or punishment, advantage or disadvantage cf. KātyŚr. cf. MBh. cf. Kāv. &c. (6) benefit, enjoyment cf. Pañcat. ii, 70 (7) compensation cf. Yājñ. ii, 161 [ 716,3 ] (8) (in rhet.) the issue or end of an action cf. Daś. cf. Sāh (9) (in math.) the result of a calculation, product or quotient &c. cf. Sūryas (10) corrective equation cf. ib. cf. Gol.
---> area or superficial contents of a figure cf. Āryabh (11) interest on capital cf. ib. (12) the third term in a rule of three sum cf. ib. cf. Sch. (13) a gift, donation cf. L. ; a gaming board cf. MBh. [ cf. Goth. [ spilda ] ; Icel. [ spjald ] ] (14) a blade (of a sword or knife) cf. MBh. cf. R. cf. Kum (15) the point of an arrow cf. Kauś (16) a shield cf. L. (17) a ploughshare (= [ phAla ]) cf. L. (18) a point or spot on a die cf. MBh. iv, 24 (19) m. Wrightia Antidysenterica cf. L. (20) ([ A ]), f. a species of plant cf. Car. (21) w. r. for [ tula ] cf. Hcat (22) ([ I ]), f. Aglaia Odorata cf. L. (23) a kind of fish (= [ phali ]) cf. L.
===> phala-cāraka [ phalacAraka ]3[ ph'ala-cAraka ] m. ` fruit-distribution ', a partic. official in Buddhist monasteries cf. L.
===> phala-hetu [ phalahetu ]3[ ph'ala-hetu ] mfn. one who has results for a motive, acting with a view to roots cf. Bhag.
===> phala-prāpti [ phalaprApti ]3[ ph'ala-pr^apti ] f. obtaining (the desired) fruit or result, success cf. Ratnâv. cf. Kāś
===> phala-puṣpa [ phalapuSpa ]3[ ph'ala-puSpa ] (ibc.) fruits and flowers (1) [ -vat ] mfn. adorned with fruits and flowers cf. Hcat (2) [ -vRddhi ] f. increase or growth of fruits and flowers cf. MW. (3) [ °p^opazobhita ] mfn. adorned with fruits and flowers cf. MW.
===> phala-pāka [ phalapAka ]3[ ph'ala-pAka ] m. the ripening of fruit (See below) (1) the fulfilment of consequences cf. VarBṛS. (2) Carissa Carandas cf. L. (cf. [ pAka-phala ] and [ kRSNa-pŚ-ph° ]) (3) [ -niSThA ] (cf. Suśr.), [ °k^antA ] (cf. Mn.), [ °k^avasAnA ] (cf. L.), [ °k^avasAnikA ] (cf. L.), f. a plant ending or perishing with the ripening of fruit, an annual plant
===> phala-sthāna [ phalasthAna ]3[ ph'ala-sthAna ] n. the stage in which fruits or results are enjoyed cf. Buddh.
===> phala-traya [ phalatraya ]3[ ph'ala-traya ] n. ` fruit-triad ', the 3 myrobalans cf. L. ; 3 sorts of fruit collectively (the fruit of the vine, of Grewia Asiatica or Xylacarpus Granatum and Gmelina Arborea) cf. ib.
===> phala-śālin [ phalazAlin ]3[ ph'ala-zAlin ] mfn. yielding wages cf. Kir (1) experiencing consequences, sharing in results ([ °li-tva ] n.) cf. L.
===> phalaka [ phalaka ]2[ phalaka ] (ifc., f. [ ikA ]) = [ phala ], fruit, result, gain ([ -tva ] n.) cf. Kull. on cf. Mn. ii, 146 (1) menstruation (cf. [ nava-phalikA ]) (2) ([ ph'alaka ]), n. (m., g. [ ardharc^adi ] (3) ifc. f. [ A ]) a board, lath, plank, leaf. bench cf. Br. cf. GṛŚrS., &c. (4) a slab or tablet (for writing or painting on (5) also = page, leaf) cf. Kāv. cf. Yājñ. cf. Sch. cf. Lalit. (6) a picture (= [ citra-ph° ]) . cf. Mṛcch. iv, 3/4 (7) a gamingboard (cf. [ zAri-ph° ]) (8) a wooden bench cf. MBh. (9) a slab at the base (of a pedestal (10) cf. [ sphaTika-ph° ]) (11) any flat surface (often in comp. with parts of the body, applied to broad flat bones, cf. [ aMsa- ], [ phaNA- ], [ lalATa-ph° ] &c.) (12) the palm of the hand cf. ŚBr. (13) the buttocks cf. L. (14) the top or head of an arrow cf. Kull. on cf. Mn. vii, 90 (15) a shield cf. MBh. (16) bark (as a material for clothes) cf. MBh. cf. Hariv. (17) the pericarp of a lotus cf. Śiś. (18) = [ -yantra ] cf. Gol. (19) a layer cf. W. (20) the stand on which a monk keeps his turban cf. Buddh. (21) m. Mesua Roxburghii cf. L. (22) ([ A ] or [ ikA ]), f. See below
===> phalatas [ phalatas ]3[ ph'ala-tas ] ind. in relation to the reward or result cf. Āpast (1) consequently, accordingly, virtually cf. MW.
===> phalgu [ phalgu ]1[ phalg'u ] mf ([ ˘'U ], or [ vI ]) n. reddish, red cf. TS. (1) small, minute, feeble, weak, pithless, unsubstantial, insignificant, worthless, unprofitable, useless cf. VS. &c. &c. (2) f. Ficus Oppositifolia cf. L. (3) a red powder usually of the root of wild ginger (coloured with sappan wood and thrown over one another by the Hindūs at the Holī festival (4) cf. [ phalg^utsava ]) cf. W. (5) the spring season cf. L. (6) (scil. [ vAc ]) a falsehood lie cf. L. (7) N. of a river flowing Past Gayā cf. MBh. cf. Hariv. (8) du. (in astrol.) N. of a Nakshatra
===> phalgunī [ phalgunI ]2[ ph'algunI ] f. (sg. du. and pl.) N. of a double lunar mansion ([ pUrvA ] and [ uttarA ]) cf. AV. &c. &c. (1) Ficus Oppositifolia cf. L. (2) N. of a woman cf. Pravar
===> phalita [ phalita ]2[ phalita ] mfn. bearing or yielding fruit, producing consequences, fruitful, successful, fulfilled, developed, accomplished cf. MBh. cf. Kāv. &c. (n. impers. with instr. ` fruit was borne by ' cf. Rājat. cf. Hit.) (1) resulting as a consequence cf. Pat. (2) m. a tree (esp. a fruit tree) cf. L. (3) ([ A ]), f. a menstruous woman cf. L. (4) n. a fragrant resin (= [ zaileya ]) cf. L. (prob. w. r. for [ palita ])
===> phalârthin [ phalArthin ]3[ phal^arthin ] mfn. one who aims at fruits or reward cf. Pañcat (1) [ °thi-tva ] n. cf. Jaim
===> phaṇa [ phaNa ]2[ phaN'a ] m. scum, froth cf. TBr. (cf. [ phena ]) (1) (also [ A ] f.) the expanded side of the nose, a nostril cf. Suśr. (2) (also [ A ] f.) the expanded hood or neck of a serpent (esp. of the Coluber Nāga) cf. MBh. cf. Kāv. &c. (3) a stick shaped like a serpent's hood cf. ŚāṅkhGṛ. (4) mfn. having the fingers shaped like a serpent's hood cf. L.
===> phaṭ [ phaT ]1[ ph'aT ] ind. (onom.) crack! cf. VS. cf. AV. cf. TĀr. (also a mystical syllable used in incantation)
===> phela [ phela ]1[ phela ] n. remnants of food, refuse, orts (also [ °lA ], [ °li ], [ °likA ], [ °lI ]) cf. L. (1) a partic. high number cf. Buddh. (2) ([ A ]), f. (prob.) w. r. for [ pelA ] = [ peTA ], a small box cf. Divyâv
===> phena [ phena ]1[ ph'ena ] m. once n. (often written [ pheNa ] and prob. connected with √ [ phaN ] (1) but See cf. Uṇ. iii, 3) foam, froth, scum cf. RV. &c. &c. (2) moisture of the lips, saliva cf. Mn. iii, 19 (3) n. (m. cf. L.) Os Sepiae (white cuttle-fish bone, supposed to be indurated foam of the sea) cf. Car. (4) m. N. of a man (son of Ushad-ratha and father of Su-tapas) cf. Hariv. (5) ([ A ]), f. a kind of shrub (= [ sAtalA ]) cf. L. (6) ([ I ]), f. a kind of food cf. L. [ Cf. Slav. ? ; Angl. Sax. [ fam ] ; Eng. [ foam ] ; Germ. [ Feim ]. ]
===> phena-piṇḍa [ phenapiNDa ]3[ ph'ena-piNDa ] m. ` mass of foam ', a mere bubble, nonsense cf. L.
===> phuṭṭaka [ phuTTaka ]1[ phuTTaka ] n. a kind of cloth (also [ °ka-vastra ] n.) cf. Divyâv (1) ([ ikA ]), f. a sort of woven texture cf. Kathās
===> phālguna [ phAlguna ]2[ phAlgun'a ] mf ([ 'I ]) n. relating to the Nakshatra Phalgunī cf. ŚBr. cf. ŚrS.
(1) born under the Nakshatra Phalgunī cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 34 (v. l.)
(2) m. (with or scil. [ mAsa ]) the month during which the full moon stands in the Nakshatra Phalgunī (February-March) cf. Mn. cf. MBh.
(3) N. of Arjuna (= [ phalguna ]) cf. MBh. cf. Hariv.
(4) Terminalia Arjuna (= [ nadI-ja ]) cf. L.
(5) ([ I ]), f. See below
(6) n. a species of grass used as a substitute for the Soma plant (and also called [ arjunAnI ])
cf. ŚBr. cf. TBr. cf. ĀśvŚr. [ 718,2 ] (7) N. of a place of pilgrimage cf. BhP.
===> [ phAlguna ]1[ phAlguna ] &c. See col. 1
===> phāṇita [ phANita ]2[ phANita ] m. (cf. Nīlak.) n. (fr. Caus. of √ [ phaN ]
(1) cf. cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 18 cf. Sch.) the inspissated juice of the sugar cane and other plants
cf. Āpast. cf. MBh. cf. Hariv. [ Cf. Arab. ? (2) Pers. ? ; medieval Lat. [ penidium ]. ]
===> pi [ pi ]1[ pi ]1 cl. 6. P. [ piyati ], to go, move Dhātup. xxviii, 112 (cf. √ 2. [ pI ])
===> [ pi ]1[ pi ]2 See under [ api ]
===> piba [ piba ]1[ piba ] mfn. (√ 1. [ pA ]) drinking, who or what drinks Pāṇ. 3-1, 137 (cf. [ tri- ])
===> piccaṭa [ piccaTa ]2[ piccaTa ] mfn. pressed flat, squeezed L. (1) m. inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia L. (2) n. a substance pressed flat, cake (cf. [ tila-p° ]) (3) tin or lead L.
===> picchila [ picchila ]2[ picchila ] mf ([ A ]) n. slimy, lubricous, slippery, smeary (opp. to [ vizada ]) MBh. Suśr. ([ -tva ] n.), &c. (1) having a tail W. (2) m. Cordia Latifolia L. (3) Tamarix Indica L. (4) ([ A ]), f. N. ' of a river MBh. (v. l. [ picchalA ]) (5) of sev. trees and other plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum, Basella Lucida or Rubra, a kind of grass &c.) L.
===> picu [ picu ]1[ picu ] m. cotton Car. (1) Vangueria Spinosa Suśr. (2) a sort of grain L. (3) a Karsha or weight of 2 Tolas Suśr. (4) a kind of leprosy L. (5) N. of Bhairava or of one of his 8 faces L. (6) of an Asura L.
===> pidhāna [ pidhAna ]3[ pi-dhAna ] n. (m., g. [ ardharc^adi ]) covering, stopping, shutting, closing Mālav. Sāh (1) a cover, lid, sheath &c. MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) ([ -vat ] mfn. covered with a lid Rājat.) (3) a partic. process to which quicksilver is subjected Sarvad (4) ([ I ]), f. a cover, lid L.
===> pihita [ pihita ]2[ pi-hita ] mfn. shut, hidden, concealed, covered or filled with (instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) n. a partic. figure of speech which consists in insinuating to a person that one knows his secrets Kuval
===> [ pihita ]1[ pi-hita ] [ pi-hiti ], See [ pi-√ dhA ]
===> pilinda-vatsa [ pilindavatsa ]1[ pilinda-vatsa ] m. N. of a man, Saraskārak.
===> [ pilindavatsa ]1[ pilinda-vatsa ] m. N. of a disciple of Gautama Buddha SaddhP.
===> pinaddha [ pinaddha ]2[ pi-naddha ] mfn. tied or put on, fastened, wrapped, covered, dressed, armed MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pinākin [ pinAkin ]2[ pinAkin ] m. ` armed with the bow or spear Pināka ', N. of Rudra-Śiva MBh. Hariv. R. (1) of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. Hār (2) ([ inI ]), f. N. of 2 fivers L. (3) [ °nI-mAhAtmya ] n. N. of ch. of BrahmâṇḍaP.
===> pippala [ pippala ]1[ pippala ] m. the sacred fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa (commonly called Peepal) MBh. Yājñ. Var. &c. (cf. IW. 39, 3 MWB. Yājñ. Var. &c. (cf. IW. 39, 3 MWB. 515) a kind of bird L. (1) a nipple L. (2) = [ niraMzuka ], or [ °zula ] L. (3) the sleeve of a jacket or coat W. (4) N. of a son of Mitra and Revati BhP. (5) pl. N. of a school of AV. (prob. for [ pippal^ada ]) (6) ([ A ]), f. N. of a river VP. (7) ([ I ]), f. See s. v. (8) ([ p'ippala ]), n. a berry (esp. of the Peepal tree) RV. &c. &c. (9) sensual enjoyment BhP. (10) water L. (11) the sleeve of a coat L.
===> pippalī [ pippalI ]2[ pippalI ] f. a berry AV. (1) Piper Longum (both plant and berry) R. Var. Suśr.
===> pipīlika [ pipIlika ]2[ pipIlika ] m. an ant AdbhBr. MBh. &c. (1) n. a kind of gold supposed to be collected by ants MBh. ii, 1860
===> pitta [ pitta ]1[ pitt'a ] n. (etym. unknown) bile, the bilious humour (one of the three humours [ cf. [ kapha ] and [ vAyu ] ] or that secreted between the stomach and bowels and flowing through the liver and permeating spleen, heart, eyes, and skin (1) its chief quality is heat) AV. &c. &c.
===> pitu [ pitu ]1[ pit'u ] m. once n. (√ [ pI ], [ pyai ]) juice, drink, nourishment, food RV. AV. TS. VS. AitBr. (cf. Naigh. ii, 7.)
===> pitā-maha [ pitAmaha ]3[ pitA-mah'a ] m. a paternal grandfather AV. &c. &c. (1) N. of Brahmā Mn. MBh. &c. (2) of sev. authors Cat. (3) pl. the Piṭris or ancestors Yājñ. MBh. (4) ([ I ]), f. a paternal grandmother MBh. Kathās. Pur. (5) [ -saMhitA ] f. N. of wk. (6) [ -saras ] n. N. of a place of pilgrimage (also [ °hasya saraH ]) MBh. (7) [ -smRti ] f. N. of wk.
===> pitā-putra [ pitAputra ]3[ pitA-putr'a ] m. du. father and son AV. &c. &c. (1) pl. father and sons MaitrS. (2) [ -virodha ], ni. a contest between father and sons Yājñ. (3) [ -samAgama ] m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra [ °trIya ] mfn. relating to father and sons (with [ sampradAna ] n. transmission of bodily capacities and powers from father to sons) L. (4) containing the words [ pitR ] and [ putra ] Anup.
===> pitṛ [ pitR ]1[ pit'R ] in. (irreg. acc. pl. [ pitaras ] MBh. (1) gen. pl. [ pitriNAm ] BhP.) a father RV. &c. &c. (in the Veda N. of Bṛhas-pati, Varuṇa, Prajā-pati, and esp. of heaven or the sky (2) [ antarA pitaraM mAtaraM ca ], ` between heaven and earth ' RV. x, 88, 15) (3) m. du. ([ °tarau ]) father and mother, parents RV. &c. &c. (in the Veda N. of the Araṇis [ q. v. ] and of heaven and earth) (4) pl. ([ °taras ]) the fathers, forefathers, ancestors, (esp.) the Pitṛs or deceased ancestors (they are of 2 classes, viz. the deceased father, grandfathers and great-grandfathers of any partic. person, and the progenitors of mankind generally (5) in honour of both these classes rites called Srāddhas are performed and oblations called Piṇḍas [ q. v. ] are presented (6) they inhabit a peculiar region, which, according to some, is the Bhuvas ar region of the air, according to others, the orbit of the moon, and are considered as the regents of the Nakshatras Maghā and Mūla (7) cf. RTL. 10 &c.) RV. &c. &c. (8) a father and his brothers, father and uncles, paternal ancestors Mn. ii, 151 &c. R. Kathās (9) a partic. child's-demon Suśr. [ Origin fr. √ 3 [ pA ] very doubtful ; cf. Zd. [ pita ] (10) Gk. ? ; Lat. [ pater ], [ Jup-piter ] ; Goth. [ 626,2 ] [ fadar ] ; Germ. [ Vater ] ; Eng. [ father ]. ]
===> pitṛ-daivata [ pitRdaivata ]3[ pit'R-daivata ] mf ([ I ]) n. relating to the worship of the Pitris, ŚāṅkhGr. R. (1) n. N. of the 10th lunar mansion Maghā (presided over by the Pitris) Var (2) = next R.
===> pitṛ-deva [ pitRdeva ]3[ pit'R-deva ] m. pl. the Pitris and the gods Mn. iii, 18 (1) a partic. class of divine beings R. (= [ kavyavAhan^adayaH ] Sch.) (2) mfn. worshipping a father TĀr. (3) connected with the Pitris and the gods BhP.
===> pitṛ-kalpa [ pitRkalpa ]3[ pit'R-kalpa ] m. precepts relating to rites in honour of the Pitris Hariv. (1) N. of a partic. Kalpa (s. v.), Brahmā's day of new moon L.
===> pitṛ-loka [ pitRloka ]3[ pit'R-lok'a ] m. a father's house AV. xiv, 2, 52 (1) the world or sphere of the Pitris AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 28)
===> pitṛ-pakṣa [ pitRpakSa ]3[ pit'R-pakSa ] m. the half month of the Pitris, N. of the dark half in the Gauṇa Āśvina (particularly dedicated to the performance of the Śrāddha ceremonies) RTL. 388 (1) the paternal side or party or relationship MBh. (2) pl. the fathers or ancestors Hariv. (3) mfn. being on the father's side Kull. on Mn. ii, 32
===> pitṛ-ṣvasṛ [ pitRSvasR ]3[ pit'R-SvasR ] f. a father's sister MBh. (1) [ °sAmAtula ] (ibc.), paternal aunt and maternal uncle ib. (2) [ °srIya ] m. a father's sister's son ib.
===> pitṛtva [ pitRtva ]3[ pit'R-tva ] n. fatherhood, paternity (1) the state or condition of a Pitṛ or deified progenitor MBh. R. &c.
===> pitṛvya [ pitRvya ]2[ pitRvya ] m. a father's brother, paternal uncle Mn. MBh. &c. (also [ -ka ] HPariś.) (1) any elderly male relation Pañc. [ Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. [ patrūs ]. ]
===> piśita [ pizita ]2[ pizit'a ] mfn. made ready, prepared, dressed, adorned AV. (1) ([ A ]), f. Nardostschys Jatamansi L. (2) n. (also pl.) flesh which has been cut up or prepared, any flesh or meat AV. &c. &c. (3) a small piece AV. vi, 127, 1. [ 628,3 ]
===> piśuna [ pizuna ]2[ p'izuna ] mfn. backbiting, slanderous, calumnious, treacherous, malignant, base, wicked (1) a backbiter, informer, betrayer RV. &c. &c. (2) (ifc.) showing, betraying, manifesting, telling of. memorable for Kālid. Kathās. Pur. (3) m. cotton L. (4) a crow L. (5) N. of Nārada (6) of a goblin dangerous to pregnant women MārkP. (7) of a Brāhman Hariv. (8) of a minister of Dushyanta Śak (9) ([ A ]), f. Medicago Esculenta L. (10) n. informing against, betraying MBh. (11) saffron L. (12) ([ I ]), f. N. of a river (described as the Mandākini) R. (cf. IW. 351, 2)
===> piśāca [ pizAca ]2[ pizAc'a ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either from their fondness for flesh [ [ piza ] for [ pizita ] ] or from their yellowish appearance (1) they were perhaps originally a personification of the ignis fatūs (2) they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and Rākshasas, See also Mn. xii, 44 (3) in later times they are the children of Krodhā, cf. IW. 276) (4) a fiend, ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. ` a devil of a - ' Kād.) (5) N. of a Rakshas R. (6) ([ A ]), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Piśācas VP. (7) ([ I ]), f. a female Piśācas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.) (8) excessive fondness for (ifc. (9) e. g. [ Ayudha-p° ], excessive fondness for fighting) Bālar. Anarghar. (10) a species of Valerian L. (11) N. of a Yogini Hcat
===> piśācaka [ pizAcaka ]2[ pizAcaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. = [ pizAce kuzalaH ] g. [ AkarS^adi ]
---> m. a Piśāca MBh. Var. &c. (1) ([ ikA ]), f. = [ pizAcI ] (esp. ifc. (2) cf. [ AzA- ], [ Ayudha- ], [ gandha- ]. &c.) (3) N. of a river MārkP. (4) (sc. [ bhASA ]) f. = [ pizAca-bh° ] L.
===> piṅga [ piGga ]1[ piGga ] [ piGgara ], [ piGgala ], See under √ [ piJj ], col. 3
===> [ piGga ]2[ piGga ] mf ([ A ]) n. yellow, reddish-brown, tawny MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. [ kaDAr^adi ]) (1) m. yellow (the colour) L. (2) a buffalo L. : a mouse L. (3) N. of one of the sun's attendants L. (4) of a man ĀśvŚr. (cf. [ paiGgi ], [ °gin ]) (5) ([ piGg'a ], in one place [ p'inga ]), N. of a kind of divine being (?) AV. viii, 6, 6 ; 18 &c. (6) ([ p'ingA ]), f. a bow-string RV. viii, 58, 9 (Sāy (7) cf. [ piGgala-jya ]) (8) a kind of yellow pigment (cf. [ go-rocanA ]) (9) the stalk of Ferula Asa Foetida L. (10) turmeric, Indian saffron L. (11) bamboo manna W. (12) N. of a woman MBh. (13) of Durgā W. (14) a tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side ib. (15) ([ I ]), f. Mimosa Suma ib. (16) n. orpiment L. (17) a young animal MW.
===> piṅgala [ piGgala ]2[ piGgal'a ] mf ([ 'A ] and [ I ]) n. (cf. g. [ gaur^adi ] and [ kaDAr^adi ]), reddish-brown, tawny, yellow, goldcoloured AV. &c. &c, (1) (in alg. also as N. of the 10th unknown quantity) (2) having reddish-brown eyes KātyŚr. Sch. (3) m. yellow colour W. (4) fire. L. (5) an ape L. (6) an ichneumon L. (7) a small kind of owl L. (8) a small kind of lizard L. (9) a species of snake Suśr. (10) a partic. vegetable poison L. (11) (with Jainas) N. of a treasure (12) the 51st (or 25th) year in a 60 years ' cycle of Jupiter Var (13) N. of Śiva or a kindred being GṛS. Gaut. &c. [ 625,1 ] (14) of an attendant of Śiva Kathās (15) of an attendant of the Sun L. (16) of a Rudra VP. (17) of a Yaksha MBh. (18) of a Dānava Kathās (19) of a Nāga or serpent-demon MBh. i, 1554 (the supposed author of the Chandas or treatise on metre regarded as one of the Ved^aṅgas, identified by some with Patañjali, author of the Mahā-bhāshya) (20) of sev. ancient sages MBh. R. &c. (21) pl. N. of a people MārkP. (22) ([ A ]), f. a species of bird L. (23) a kind of owl Var (24) Dalbergia Sissoo L. (25) = [ karNikA ] L. (26) a kind of brass L. (27) a partic. vessel of the body (the right of 3 tubular vessels which according to the Yoga philosophy are the chief passages of breath and air (28) cf. ChUp. viii, 6, 1) (29) a kind of yellow pigment (= [ go-rocanA ]) L. (30) N. of Lakshmī Gal. (31) of a courtezan who became remarkable for her piety MBh. (32) of the female elephant of the South quarter L. (33) of an astrological house or period W. (34) heart-pea W. (35) n. a partic. metal L. (36) yellow orpiment L.
===> piṇḍa [ piNDa ]2[ p'iNDa ] m. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob, button, clod, lump, piece (cf. [ ayaH- ]., [ mAMsa- ] &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to lumps of flesh) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c. (1) a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful (2) (esp.) a ball of rice or flour &c. offered to the Pitṛs or deceased ancestors, a Śrāddha oblation (RTL. 293 ; 298-310) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (3) food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c. (4) any solid mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. Śaṃk. Vajracch. (5) the calf of the leg Mālatīm. v, 16 (6) the flower of a China rose L. (7) a portico or partic. part of a house L. (8) power, force, an army L. (9) m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh. (10) (du.) the two projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L. (11) the embryo in an early stage of gestation L. (12) a partic. kind of incense Var. (` myrrh ' or ` olibanum ' L.) (13) meat, flesh L. (14) alms Mālatīm. (cf. [ -pAta ] below) (15) Vangueriya Spinosa L. (16) quantity, collection L. (17) (in arithm.) sum, total amount (18) (in astron.) a sine expressed in numbers (19) (in music) a sound, tone (20) N. of a man, g. [ naD^adi ] (21) n. (L.) iron (22) steel (23) fresh butter (24) ([ A ]), f. a kind of musk L. (25) ([ I ]), f. See 1. [ piNDI ]
===> piṇḍa-da [ piNDada ]3[ p'iNDa-da ] mf ([ A ]) ii. offering or qualified to offer oblations to deceased ancestors Yājñ. MBh. (1) m. the nearest male relation W. [ 625,3 ] (2) a son Gal. (3) a patron or master Bhartṛ (4) ([ A ]), f. a mother MBh. (Nilak.) Cf. [ sa-piNDa ]
===> piṇḍa-kharjūra [ piNDakharjUra ]3[ p'iNDa-kharjUra ] m. (Kād.), [ °rikA ] and [ °rI ] f. (L.) a species of date tree
===> piṇḍa-pāta [ piNDapAta ]3[ p'iNDa-pAta ] m. giving alms (1) [ -v'iA ] f. the hour for giving alms Mālatīm. iii, 0/1 (2) [ °tika ] m. a receiver of alms Buddh.
===> piṇḍaka [ piNDaka ]2[ piNDaka ] m. n. a lump, ball, knob Hariv. Suśr. (1) a fragment, morsel L. (2) a round protuberance (esp. on an elephant's temples) MBh. (3) the ball of rice &c. offered at Śrāddhas (cf. [ tri-p° ]) (4) m. a species of bulbous plant (= [ piND^alu ]) L. (5) Daucus Carota L. (6) incense, myrrh L. (7) a sine expressed in numbers Sūryas (8) a Piśāca L. (9) ([ ikA ]), f. a globular fleshy swelling(in the shoulders, arms, legs, &c. (10) esp. the calf of the leg) Viṣṇ. Yājñ. MBh. &c. (11) a base or pedestal for the image of a deity or for a Liṅga Var. Kād. AgP. (12) a bench for lying on Car. (13) the nave of a wheel L. (14) a species of musk L.
===> piṇḍita [ piNDita ]2[ piNDita ] mfn. rolled into a ball or lump, thick, massy, densified MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) mixed, mingled with (comp.) Var (2) heaped, collected, united, added MBh. R. (3) (ifc. after a numeral) repeated, counted, numbered Var (4) multiplied L.
===> piṣṭa [ piSTa ]2[ piST'a ]1 mfn. (for 2. See √ [ piS ]) fashioned, prepared, decorated (superl. [ -tama ]) RV. AV. VS. (1) n. = [ rUpa ] Naigh. iii, 7
===> [ piSTa ]2[ piST'a ]2 mfn. (for 1. See above) crushed, ground &c. RV. &c. &c. (1) clasped, squeezed, rubbed together (as the hands) W. (2) kneaded ib. (3) m. a cake, pastry L. (4) N. of a man, g. [ ziv^adi ] (5) pl. his descendants, g. [ upak^adi ] (6) ([ I ]), f. See s. v. (7) n. flour, meal, anything ground ([ na pinaSTi piSTam ], ` he does not grind flour ' i. e. he does no useless work) BhP. (8) lead L.
===> piṭa [ piTa ]2[ piTa ] m. or n. a basket, box L. (1) a roof L. (2) a sort of cupboard or granary made of bamboos or canes W.
===> piṭaka [ piTaka ]2[ piTaka ] mf ([ A ]) n. (usually n.) a basket or box MBh. R. (1) &c. (ifc. [ ikA ] MānGṛ.) (2) a granary W. (3) a collection of writings (cii. [ tri-p° ]) (4) a boil, blister Car. (printed [ piThaka ]) Jātakam (5) a kind of ornament on Indra's banner MBh. Var (6) m. N. of a man (also [ piTAka ]), g. [ ziv^adi ] L.
===> piṭharaka [ piTharaka ]2[ piTharaka ] m. or n. ([ ikA ] f. Divyâv.) a pot, pan (cf. next) (1) m. N. of a Nāga Hariv.
===> piṭṭaka [ piTTaka ]1[ piTTaka ] n. the tartar or secretion of the teeth L. (cf. [ kiTTa ], [ kiTTaka ], [ pippikA ])
===> plakṣa [ plakSa ]1[ plakS'a ] m. the waved-leaf fig-tree, Ficus Infectoria (a large and beautiful tree with small white fruit) AV. &c. &c. (1) the holy fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa L. (2) Thespesia Populneoides L. (3) a side door or the space at the space of a door L. (4) = [ dvIpa ] Pur. (5) N. of a man TBr. (6) (with [ prAsravaNa ]) = [ -prasravaNa ] TāṇḍBr. ŚrS. (7) ([ A ]), f. N. of the river Sarasvatī MBh. Hariv.
===> plava [ plava ]1[ plava ] [ plavaka ] &c. See col. 2
===> [ plava ]2[ plav'a ] mf ([ A ]) n. swimming, floating ŚāṅkhGṛ. Suśr. (1) sloping towards, inclined Hariv. Var. Hcat. (in astrol. applied to a constellation situated in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent Var. Sch.) (2) transient MuṇḍUp. (3) m. n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) a float, raft, boat, small ship RV. &c. &c. (4) m. a kind of aquatic bird (= [ gAtra-samplava ], [ kAraNDava ], [ jala-vAyasa ], [ jala-kAka ] or [ jala-kukkuTa ] L.) VS. &c. &c. (5) a frog L. (6) a monkey L. (7) & sheep L. an arm L. (8) a Caṇḍāla L. (9) an enemy L. (10) Ficus Infectoria L. (11) a snare or basket of wicker-work for catching fish L. (12) the 35th (or 9th) year in a cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS. (13) swimming, bathing (ifc. f. [ A ]) MBh. R. Kathās (14) flooding, a flood, the swelling of a river MBh. MārkP. (15) the prolated utterance of a vowel (= [ pluti ]) L. (16) protraction of a sentence through 3 or more Ślokas (= [ kulaka ]) L. (17) sloping down or towards, proclivity, inclination L. (18) (in astrol.) = [ plava-tva ] VarBṛS. Sch. (19) a kind of metre Col. (20) N. of a Sāman (also with [ vasiSThasya ]) ĀrshBr. (21) jumping, leaping, plunging, going by leaps or plunges R. (cf. comp. below) (22) returning L. (23) urging on L. (24) n. Cyperus Rotundus or a species of fragrant grass Suśr. [ Cf. Gk. ? for ? ] [ 715,2 ]
===> plavana [ plavana ]2[ plavana ] mf ([ A ]) n. inclined, stooping down towards (cf. [ prAg-udak-pl° ]) (1) m. a monkey L. (2) n. swimming, plunging into or bathing in (comp.) MBh. Gīt. Rājat. Suśr. (3) flying MBh. R. (4) leaping, jumping over (comp.) R. (5) capering (one of a horse's paces) Sāṃkhyak. Sch. (6) a kind of water Cyperus L.
===> pluta [ pluta ]2[ pluta ] mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c. (1) protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mātrās (q. v.) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 27 esp. ŚrS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [ 715,3 ] (2) flown R. (3) leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv. (4) n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv. (5) leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R. Vcar. (6) capering (one of a horse's paces) L.
===> pota [ pota ]1[ pota ] m. (hardly fr. √ [ pU ] (1) but cf. Uṇ. iii, 86) a young animal or plant (mostly ifc., e. g. [ mRga-p° ] ` a young deer ', [ cUta-p° ] ` a young mango tree ') MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) a fetus which has no enveloping membrane L. (3) cloth, a garment L. (4) the foundation of a house L. (cf. [ poTa ]) (5) m. n. a vessel, ship, boat MBh. Hariv. Var. Kāv. [ Cf. Lat. [ putus ] (6) Lit. [ pautas ]. ]
===> potaka [ potaka ]2[ potaka ] m. a young animal or plant (mostly ifc. (1) cf. [ pota ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) N. of a serpentdemon MBh. (3) the site or foundation of a house L. (cf. [ gRha-p° ]) (4) ([ ikA ]), f. (only L.) cloth, a garment (5) Basella Lucida or Rubra (6) Anethum Sowa (7) = [ mUlapotI ] (8) ([ I ]), f. Turdus Macrourus or Basella Lucida L.
===> potalaka [ potalaka ]2[ potalaka ] m. or n. N. of a mountain (= [ potala ]?) L. (1) ([ ikA ]), f. See [ go-potalikA ]
===> poṣa [ poSa ]1[ p'oSa ] m. (√ [ puS ]) thriving, prosperity, abundance, wealth, growth, increase RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS. (1) nourishing, nurture, rearing, maintaining, supporting Kāv. Pur. &c.
===> poṣadha [ poSadha ]1[ poSadha ] m. (with Buddhists) fasting, a fasting day Lalit. (1) sacred day Jātakam
===> poṣaka [ poSaka ]3[ p'oSaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. nourishing, feeding, a nourisher, supporter, breeder, keeper Mn. MBh. &c. (1) (ifc.) subsisting on or by Hariv.
===> poṣaṇa [ poSaNa ]3[ p'oSaNa ] mfn. nourishing, cherishing (cf. [ pakSa-p° ]) (1) n. the act of nourishing, fostering, keeping, supporting MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pra [ pra ]1[ pr'a ]1 ind. before (1) forward, in front, on, forth (mostly in connection with a verb, esp. with a verb of motion which is often to be supplied (2) sometimes repeated before the verb, cf. Pāṇ. 8-1, 6 (3) rarely as a separate word, e. g. AitBr. ii, 40) (4) as a prefix to subst. = forth, away, cf. [ pra-vRtti ], [ pra-sthAna ] (5) as pref. to adj. = excessively, very, much, cf. [ pra-caNDa ], [ pra-matta ] (6) in nouns of relationship = great-, cf. [ pra-pitAmaha ], [ pra-pautra ] (7) (` according to native lexicographers it may be used in the senses of [ gati ], [ A-rambha ], [ ut-karSa ], [ sarvato-bhAva ], [ prAthamya ], [ khyAti ], [ ut-patti ], [ vy-avahAra ]) RV. &c. &c. [ Cf. [ puras ], [ purA ], [ pUrva ] ; Zd. [ fra ] (8) Gk. ? ; Lat. [ pro ] ; Slav. [ pra- ], [ pro- ] ; Lith. [ pra- ] ; [ 652,2 ] Goth. [ fa'ur ], [ fa'ura ] ; Germ. [ vor ] ; Eng. [ fore ]. ]
===> [ pra ]1[ pra ]2 mfn. (√ [ pRR ] or [ prA ]) filling, fulfilling (1) (n. fulfilment, ifc. (2) cf. [ AkUti- ], [ kakSya- ], [ kAma- ]) (3) like, resembling (ifc. (4) cf. [ ikSu- ], [ kSura- ]) . [ 652,3 ]
===> prabala [ prabala ]1[ pra-bala ]1 mf ([ A ]) n. strong, powerful, mighty, great, important (as a word), violent (as pain) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) dangerous, pernicious MārkP. (2) (ifc.) abounding in Suśr. (3) ([ 'am ]), ind. greatly, much ŚBr. (4) m. N. of a son of Kṛshṇa BhP. (5) of an attendant of Viṣṇu ib. (6) of a Daitya Kathās (7) w. r. for [ pra-vAla ] L. (8) ([ A ]), f. Paederia Foetida L. (9) ([ I ]), f. See s. v.
===> [ prabala ]2[ pra-bala ]2 Nom. P. [ °lati ], to become strong or powerful L.
===> prabandha [ prabandha ]3[ pra-bandha ] m. a connection, band, tie ([ garbha-nADI-prab° ], the umbilical cord) Suśr. (1) an uninterrupted connection, continuous series, uninterruptedness, continuance Hariv. Kāv. &c. (2) a composition, (esp.) any literary production Kāv. Rājat. Pratāp (3) a commentary Naish. Sch. (4) [ -kalpanA ] f. a feigned story, a work of fiction L. (5) [ -koza ] m. [ -cintAmaNi ] m. N. of wks. (6) [ -varSa ] m. incessant rain Var (7) [ °dh^adhyAya ] m. N. of the 4th ch. of the Saṃgīta-darpaṇa and of the Saṃgītaratn^akara (8) [ °dh^artha ] m. the subject-matter of a composition or treatise, A.
===> prabandhana [ prabandhana ]3[ pra-bandhana ] n. binding, fettering Kir (1) connection, bond, tie Suśr.
===> prabhava [ prabhava ]1[ pra-bhava ] &c. See under [ pra-√ bhU ]
===> [ prabhava ]2[ pra-bhav'a ] mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV. (1) m. production, source, origin, cause of existence (as father or mother, also ` the Creator '), birthplace (often ifc., with f. [ A ], springing or rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (2) might, power (= [ pra-bhAva ]) L. (3) N. of a Sādhya Hariv. (4) of Viṣṇu A. (5) of sev. men HPariś (6) N. of the first or 35th year in a 60 years ' cycle of Jupiter Var (7) [ -prabhu ] and [ -svAmin ] m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6 Śruta-kevalins L.
===> prabhavana [ prabhavana ]3[ pra-bhavana ] n. production, source, origin (ifc. ` springing from ' (1) cf. [ meru-prabh° ] and Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch.) (2) ruling, presiding (?) W.
===> prabheda [ prabheda ]3[ pra-bheda ] m. splitting, piercing, cutting through Yājñ. MBh. Ragh (1) the flowing of juice from the temples of an elephant Megh (2) division, subdivision, variety, species, kind, sort MBh. Kap. Hcat. Suśr.
===> [ prabheda ]1[ pra-bheda ] See [ pra-√ bhid ]
===> prabhinna [ prabhinna ]3[ pra-bhinna ] mfn. split asunder, cleft, broken, pierced, opened MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) blown (as a flower) Sāh (2) exuding (as blood) Suśr. (3) flowing with juice (cf. [ -karaTa ] (4) m. an elephant in rut) MBh. R. (5) broken through, interrupted R. (6) disfigured, altered, depressed MBh. (7) [ -karaTa ] mfn. having the temples cleft and flowing with juice (as a rutting elephant) MBh. R. ([ °TA-mukha ] mfn. having the fissure in the temples flowing with juice MBh.) (8) [ -viS ] mfn. secreting or relaxing the feces, aperient Suśr. (9) [ °bhinn^aJjana ] n. mixed collyrium, an eye-salve mixed with oil Ṛitus. Pañcat
===> prabhraṣṭa [ prabhraSTa ]3[ pra-bhraSTa ] mfn. fallen down Ratnâv (1) strayed, runaway, escaped from (abl.) ib. Mṛcch (2) broken W. (3) [ -zIla ] mf ([ A ]) n. of fallen character, immoral Var
===> prabhu [ prabhu ]1[ pra-bhu ] See under [ pra-√ bhU ] below
===> [ prabhu ]2[ pra-bh'u ] mfn. (Ved. also [ 'U ] f. [ vI ]) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c. (1) more powerful than (abl.) MBh. (2) having power over (gen.) VP. (3) able, capable, having power to (loc., inf. or comp.) Kāv (4) a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat. (5) constant, eternal L. (6) m. a master, lord, king (also applied to gods, e. g. to Sūrya and Agni RV. (7) to Prajā-pati Mn. (8) to Brahmā ChUp. (9) to Indra R. (10) to Śiva MBh. (11) to Viṣṇu L.) (12) the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142 (13) a sound, word L. (14) quicksilver L. (15) N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP. (16) of a son of Kardama Hariv. (17) of a son of Śuka and Pīvarī ib. (18) of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP. (19) of a poet Cat. (20) of sev. other men HPariś (21) ([ °bhvI ] f. N. of a Śakti Pañcar.) (22) [ -kathA ] f. N. of wk. (23) [ -tA ] f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yājñ. (v. l.) Kathās (24) power over (loc.) Śak (25) possession of (comp.) Ragh (26) prevalence (instr. ` for the most part ') Ratnâv (27) [ -tva ] n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen., loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (28) prevalence (instr. ` for the most part ') Suśr. (29) [ -tvabodhi ] f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kāraṇḍ (30) [ -tv^akSepa ] m. (in rhet.) an objection based on power (i. e. on a word of command) Kāvyâd. ii, 138 (31) [ -deva ] m. N. of a Yoga teacher Cat. (32) ([ I ]), f. (with [ lATI ]) N. of a poetess ib. (33) [ -bhakta ] mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog) Cāṇ (34) m. a good horse L. (35) [ -bhakti ] f. loyalty, faithfulness MW. (36) [ -liGga-caritra ] n. [ -liGga-lIlA ] f. [ -vaMza ] m. N. of wks. (37) [ -zabda-zeSa ] mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh
===> prabhā [ prabhA ]1[ pra-bhA ] √ 1. P. [ -bhAti ], to shine forth, begin to become light, shine, gleam RV. &c. &c. (1) to appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without [ iva ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) to illuminate, enlighten TUp.
===> [ prabhA ]2[ prabh'A ] f. light, splendour, radiance, beautiful appearance (ifc. often mfn. with f. [ A ]) Mn. MBh. &c. (1) the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial Sūryas (2) light variously personified (as wife of the sun, or as wife of Kalpa and mother of Prātar, Madhyaṃ-dina and Sāya i. e. morning, midday and evening, or as a form of Durgā in the disc of the sun) Hariv. Pur. (3) N. of a Śakti Hcat (4) of an Apsaras MBh. (5) of a daughter of Svar-bhānu and mother of Nahusha Hariv. (6) of the city of Kubera L. (7) of a kind of metre Col. (8) of sev. wks.
===> prabhā-kara [ prabhAkara ]3[ prabh'A-kara ] m. ` light-maker ', the sun (du. sun and moon) MBh. Kāv. Kathās (1) the moon L. (2) fire L. (3) a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ (4) N. of Śiva Śivag (5) of a class of deities under the 8th Manu MārkP. (6) of a serpentdemon MBh. (7) of a sage of the race of Atri Hariv. Pur. (8) of a son of Jyotish-mat VP. (9) of a teacher of the Māmāṃsā philosophy (associated with Kumārilabhaṭṭa) Col. [ 684,1 ] (10) of sev. other teachers and authors (also [ prabhAkara-guru ], [ -candra ], [ -datta ], [ -deva ], [ -nandana ], [ -mitra ]) Cat. (11) [ -pariccheda ] m. N. of wk. (12) [ -vardhana ] m. N. of a king Hcar. (13) [ -varman ] m. N. of a minister Rājat (14) [ -siddhi ] m. N. of a scholar Buddh. (15) [ -svAmin ] m. N. of the statue of the tutelary deity of Prabhākara-varman Rājat (16) [ °r^ahnika ] n. N. of wk. (17) ([ I ]), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 10 stages of perfection Dharmas. 64 (18) n. N. of a Varsha MBh.
===> prabhā-maṇḍala [ prabhAmaNDala ]3[ prabh'A-maNDala ] n. (also [ °la-ka ] n. Kathās.) a circle or crown of rays ib. (1) [ -zobhin ] mfn. shining with a circle of rays Ragh (2) N. of wk. (3) m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
===> prabhāsa [ prabhAsa ]3[ pra-bhAsa ] M. ` splendour ', ` beauty ', N. of a Vasu MBh. (1) of a being attendant on Skanda ib. (2) of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP. (3) (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gaṇ^adhipas L. (4) of a son of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra Kathās (5) (pl.) N. of a race of Ṛshis MBh. (6) m. or n. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvārakā MBh. Kāv. &c. (also [ -kSetra ] n. [ -kSetra-tIrtha ] n. [ -deza ] m.) (7) [ -kSetra-tIrtha-yAtr^anukrama ] m. [ -kSetra-mAhAtmya ] n. [ -khaNDa ] m. or n. and [ °s^ezvara-mAhAtmya ] n. N. of wks. [ 684,2 ]
===> prabhāsvara [ prabhAsvara ]3[ pra-bhAsvara ] mfn. id. R. Kathās (1) clear, shrill (as a voice) L. (2) ([ A ]), f. a partic. mythical plant Divyâv
===> prabhāta [ prabhAta ]2[ prabhAta ] mfn. shone forth, begun to become clear or light MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) m. N. of a son of the sun and Prabhā VP. (2) ([ A ]), f. N. of the mother of the Vasus Pratyūsha and Prabhāsa MBh. (3) n. daybreak, dawn, morning Gaut. MBh. &c.
===> prabhāva [ prabhAva ]1[ pra-bhAva ] &c. See [ pra-√ bhU ]
===> [ prabhAva ]3[ pra-bhAva ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. ([ °veNa ], [ °vAt ] and [ °vatas ] ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [ 684,3 ] (1) supernatural power Kālid (2) splendour, beauty MBh. R. (3) tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L. (4) N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriyā Cat. (5) N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MārkP. (6) [ -ja ] mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W. (7) [ -tva ] n. power, strength Kām (8) [ -vat ] mfn. powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Kathās
===> prabhāvaka [ prabhAvaka ]3[ pra-bhAvaka ] mfn. prominent, having power or influence Śatr. Siṉhâs
===> prabhāvana [ prabhAvana ]3[ pra-bhAvana ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. Caus.) creating, creative MBh. (1) explaining, disclosing (= [ prakAzaka ]) R. (B.) (2) m. creator MBh. R. Hariv. (3) ([ A ]), f. disclosing, revealing, promulgation (of a doctrine) HYog.
===> prabhāṣita [ prabhASita ]3[ pra-bhASita ] mfn. spoken, uttered, declared MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) n. speech, talk Var
===> prabhū [ prabhU ]1[ pra-√ bhU ] P. [ -bhavati ] (rarely Ā. [ °te ] (1) Ved. inf. [ -bhUS'aNi ]), to come forth, spring up, arise or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur ŚBr. &c. &c. (2) to be before, surpass (with [ pRSTham ], ` to be greater or more than the back can carry ', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. [ prabhavati-tarAm ], ` has more power ' Vikr. v, 18) (3) to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen., loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c. (4) to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib. (5) to be a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat. (6) to be able to (inf.) Kālid. Kathās. &c. (7) to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br. (8) to implore, beseech (?) Hariv. : Caus. [ -bhAvayati ], to increase, spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater number of vessels) Br. (9) to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c. (10) (as Nom. fr. [ -bhAva ] below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R. (11) to recognise R. : Desid. of Caus. [ -bibhAvayiSati ], to wish to increase or extend AitBr.
===> [ prabhU ]3[ pra-bhU ] = [ °bhu ] (cf. above) (1) [ -tva ] n. sufficiency KātyŚr. (cf. [ prabhu-tva ]) (2) [ -vasu ] ([ °bh'U- ] Padap. [ °bh'u- ]), mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV. (3) m. N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36 ; ix, 35, 36
===> prabhūta [ prabhUta ]2[ pr'a-bhUta ] mfn. come forth, risen, appeared &c. (1) (ifc.) become, transformed into Daś (2) abundant, much, numerous, considerable, high, great ŚBr. &c. &c. (compar. [ -tara ] Pañcat (3) superl. [ -tama ] Daś.) (4) abounding in (comp.) R. (5) able to (inf.) Sāh (6) governed, presided over W. (7) mature, perfect ib. (8) m. a class of deities in the 6th Manvantara Hariv. (v. l. [ pra-sUta ]) (9) n. (in phil.) a great or primary element (= [ mahA-bhUta ]) Sāṃkhyak (10) [ -jihvatA ] f. having a long tongue (one of the 32 signs of perfection of a Buddha) Dharmas. 83 (also [ -tanu-jihv° ], ` having a long and thin tongue ib.) (11) [ -tA ] f. quantity, plenty, multitude, large number Śiś. (12) [ -tva ] n. id. Pañcat (13) sufficiency KātyŚr. (v. l. for [ prabhU-tva ]) (14) [ -dhana-dhAnya-vat ] mfn. rich in money and corn R. (15) [ -nAg^azva-ratha ] mfn. having many elephants and horses and chariots MBh. (16) [ -bhrAnta ] n. much roaming Pañcat (17) [ -yavas^endhana ] mfn. abounding in fresh grass and fuel ib. (18) [ -ratna ] m. N. of a Buddha SaddhP. (19) [ -rUpa ] n. great beauty MW. (20) [ -vayas ] mfn. advanced in years, old Kāv (21) [ -varSa ] n. pl. many years, Pañeat (22) [ -zas ] ind. many times, often Car. (23) [ °t^otka ] m. ardently desirous of or longing for Kāvyâd. iii, 118
===> prabhṛta [ prabhRta ]2[ pr'a-bhRta ] mfn. brought forward &c. (1) placed in (loc.), introduced RV. (2) filled with (instr.) R. (B.)
===> prabhṛti [ prabhRti ]3[ pr'a-bhRti ] ([ pr'a- ]), f. bringing forward, offering (of sacrifice or praise) RV. AV. (1) a throw or stroke RV. (2) beginning, commencement ŚBr. &c. &c. (ifc. = ` commencing with ' or ` et caetera ', e. g. [ munayaH somazravaH-prabhRtayaH ], ` the Munis beginning with Somaśrava i. e. ` the Munis, Somaśrava &c. ' (3) in this sense also [ °tika ]) (4) ind. (after an abl., adv. or ifc.) beginning with, from-forward or upward, since GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (e. g. [ bAlyAt prabhRti ], ` from boyhood upwards ' (5) [ janma-pr° ], ` from birth ' (6) [ adya pr° ], ` beginning from to-day, henceforth '
---> [ tataH ] or [ tadA pr° ], ` thenceforth ' &c.)
===> prabodha [ prabodha ]2[ pra-bodha ] m. awaking (from sleep or ignorance), becoming conscious, consciousness Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat (1) opening, blowing (of flowers) Kālid (2) manifestation, appearance (of intelligence) Pañcat. (v. l.) (3) waking, wakefulness Śak (4) knowledge, understanding, intelligence Ragh. BhP. Śāntiś (5) awakening (trans.) R. (6) friendly admonition, good words (pl.) Naish (7) reviving of an evaporated scent VarBṛS. (8) N. of wk. (9) [ -candra ] m. ` the moon of knowledge ', knowledge personified and compared with the moon Prab (10) [ -candrikA ] f. ` moonlight of knowledge ', N. of sev. wks. (11) [ -candr^odaya ] m. ` rise of the moon of knowledge ', N. of a celebrated philosophical drama and of sev. other wks. (12) [ °daya-saMgraha ] m. [ °day^amalaka ] m. or n. (?) N. of wks. (13) [ -cintAmaNi ] m. [ -dIpikA ] f. [ -prakAza ] m. [ -maJjarI ] f. [ -mAnas^ollAsa ] m. [ -ratn^akara ] m. N. of wks. [ 683,3 ] (14) [ -vatI ] f. N. of a Sur^aṅganā Siṉhâs (15) [ -siddhi ] f. [ -sudh^akara ] m. [ -s^ukti-vyAkhyA ] f. N. of wks. (16) [ °dh^ananda ] m. (with [ sarasvatI ]), N. of an author Cat. (17) [ °dh^otsava ] m. = [ °dhinI ] (below) (18) N. of wk. (cf. [ nArAyaNaprabodh° ]) (19) [ °dh4^odaya ] m. rise of knowledge Prab (20) N. of wk.
===> prabodhana [ prabodhana ]3[ pra-bodhana ] mfn. awaking, arousing, Ṛt. Pañcat (1) m. N. of a Buddha Buddh. (2) ([ I ]), f. the 11th day in the light half of the month Kārttika, celebrated as a festival in commemoration of the waking of Viṣṇn Pur. (3) Alhagi Maurorum L. (4) n. waking, awaking MBh. Kāv. &c. (5) awakening, arousing, MHh. Hariv. (6) knowledge, understanding, comprehension Pañcat (7) enlightening, instructing ib. Prab (8) reviving of an evaporated scent L.
===> prabuddha [ prabuddha ]3[ pra-buddha ] mfn. awakened, awake, roused, expanded, developed, opened, blown Up. MBh. &c. (1) come forth, appeared Vcar. (2) (anything) that has begun to take effect (as a spell) Cat. (3) known, understood, recognised Kap (4) enlightened, clear-sighted, clever, wise Kathās. Hcar. (5) m. N. of a teacher BhP. (6) [ -tA ] f. intelligence, wisdom MārkP.
===> pracalana [ pracalana ]3[ pra-calana ] n. trembling, shaking, rocking, swaying MaitrUp. Pañcat (1) retiring, flight Pañcat (2) going well or widely W. (3) circulating, being current or customary ib.
===> pracalita [ pracalita ]3[ pra-calita ] mfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) MBh. R. &c. (1) one who has set out, proceeded, departed Pañcat. Hit. Vet (2) confused, bewildered, perplexed MBh. BhP. (3) current, customary, circulating W. (4) prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) ib. (5) n. going away, departure BhP.
===> pracarita [ pracarita ]3[ pra-carita ] mfn. followed, practised Mn. x, 100 (1) arrived at, visited R. (2) current, publicly known Car. Sch.
===> pracaya [ pracaya ]2[ pra-caya ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) collecting, gathering Pāṇ. 3-3, 40 (cf. [ puSpa- ]) (1) accumulation, heap, mass, quantity, multitude Ṛitus. Rājat. Suśr. (2) growth, increase A. (3) slight aggregation W. (4) = [ -svara ] TPrāt. (5) (in alg.) the common increase or difference of the terms in a progression (6) [ -kASTh^agata ] mfn. one who has attained the highest degree of intensity Nyāyam. Sch. (7) [ -svara ] m. ` accumulated tone ', the tone occurring in a series of unaccented syllables following a Svarita RPrāt. Śikṣ
===> pracaṇḍa [ pracaNDa ]1[ pra-caNDa ] mf ([ A ]) n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) great, large, hot, burning, sharp (See comp. below) (2) m. a species of oleander with white flowers L. (3) N. of a Dānava Kathās (4) of a goblin MārkP. (5) of a son of Vatsa-prī and Su-nandā ib. (6) ([ A ]), f. a species of Dūrvā with white flowers L. (7) a form or Śakti of Durgā Cat.
===> pracita [ pracita ]3[ pra-cita ] mfn. gathered, collected, heaped, accumulated (1) covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Suśr. (2) pronounced with the Pracaya tone, accentless VPrāt. (3) m. (also [ -ka ]) N. of a metre Col.
---> [ -svara ] m. = [ pracaya-svara ]
===> pracodita [ pracodita ]3[ pra-codita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) driven on, urged, impelled MBh. Ragh (1) asked, requested, ordered, directed Mn. (cf. [ a-prac° ]) R. (2) decreed, determined BhP. (3) announced, proclaimed ŚvetUp. (4) sent, dispatched W.
===> pracura [ pracura ]1[ pracura ] mf ([ A ]) n. much, many, abundant (opp. to [ alpa ]) (1) plenteous, plentiful, frequent (2) (ifc.) abounding in, filled with MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) m. a thief A.
===> pracyuta [ pracyuta ]3[ pra-cyuta ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. routed, put to flight expelled, banished, retreated AV. (1) streamed forth or issued from (abl.) ib. MBh. &c. (2) fallen from (lit. and fig.), swerved from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (3) subtracted, Bījag (4) [ -tva ] n. deviation, retreat MW.
===> pracyuti [ pracyuti ]3[ pra-cyuti ] f. going away, withdrawing, departing Śaṃk (1) loss, deprivation (with abl.) ib. (2) falling from, giving up (ifc.) Var. Sch. (3) decay, fall, ruin ([ a-pr° ]) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr.
===> pracālaka [ pracAlaka ]3[ pra-cAlaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. causing to tremble, trembling with (comp.) L.
===> pracāra [ pracAra ]3[ pra-cAra ] m. roaming, wandering Hariv. (cf. [ bhikSA- ]) (1) coming forth, showing one's self, manifestation, appearance, occurrence, existence MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) application, employment, use ib. (3) conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c. (4) prevalence, currency, custom, usage W. (5) a playground, place of exercise Hariv. (6) pasture-ground, pasturage Mn. ix, 219 (= Viṣṇ. xviii, 44, where Sch. ` a way or road leading from or to a house ') Yājñ. MBh. Hariv. R.
===> pracārin [ pracArin ]3[ pra-cArin ] mfn. coming forth, appearing MBh. (1) following, adhering or sticking to (loc. or comp.) ib. (2) proceeding with, acting, behaving ib. (3) going about, wandering MW.
===> prada [ prada ]2[ pra-da ] mf ([ A ]) n. giving, yielding, offering, granting, bestowing, causing, effecting, uttering, speaking (cf. [ anna- ], [ jaya- ], [ bahu- ], [ sukha- ], [ -zApa ] &c.) (1) ([ A ]), f. a gift L.
===> pradakṣiṇa [ pradakSiNa ]1[ pra-dakSiNa ] mf ([ A ]) n. moving to the right ŚāṅkhGṛ. (1) standing or placed on the right (with √ [ kR ], or [ pra-√ kR ], ` to turn towards persons or things so as to place them on one's right ', ` turn the right side towards ' as a token of respect) Mn. MBh. &c. [ 679,2 ] (2) auspicious, favourable MBh. R. (3) respectful, reverential MBh. (4) ([ 'am ]), ind. from left to right, so that the reverential side is turned towards a person or object AV. &c. &c. (also ibc. (5) cf. comp. below (6) with √ [ kR ] and [ pra-√ kR ] as above) (7) towards the south Mn. Var. ([ eNa ] ind. = [ 'am ] in both meanings BhP. Var.) (8) m. ([ A ]) f. and n. turning the right side towards, circumambulation from left to right of a person or object (gen. or comp. (9) with √ [ kR ] or √ 1. [ dA ] dat., gen. or loc.) as a kind of worship R. Kathās. Pañcat. RTL. 68, 2 ; 145 &c.
===> pradakṣiṇâvarta [ pradakSiNAvarta ]3[ pradakSiN^avarta ] mfn. turned towards the reverential MBh. R. Var (1) [ -nAbhitA ] f. having a navel which turns to the reverential Dharmas. 84, 40 (cf. [ °Na-gAmitA ]) (2) [ -zikha ] mfn. = [ °N'arcis ] MBh. (3) [ °t^aika-romatA ] f. having single hairs on the body and all turning to the reverential Dharmas. 83
===> pradarśana [ pradarzana ]3[ pra-darzana ] n. look, appearance (often ifc., with f. [ A ]) MBh. R. (1) pointing out, showing, propounding, teaching, explaining, Rprāt. MBh. Śaṃk (2) an example Yājñ. (3) prophesying W. (4) ([ A ]), f. indication Kāvyâd. Sch. (5) m. pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Auttami VP.
===> pradatta [ pradatta ]1[ pra-datta ] &c. See [ pra- ] √ 1. [ dA ]
===> [ pradatta ]3[ pra-datta ] mfn. = [ pratta ] R. Kathās. Pañcat. ([ -nayan^otsava ] mfn. affording a feast to the eyes i. e. beautiful to behold Kathās.) (1) m. N. of a Gandharva R.
===> pradeśa [ pradeza ]2[ pra-deza ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) pointing out, showing, indication, direction, decision, determination Nir. ŚrS. (1) appeal to a precedent Suśr. (2) an example (in grammar, law &c.) RPrāt. MBh. Yājñ. Sch. (3) a spot, region, place, country, district (often in comp. with a part of the body, e. g. [ kaNTha- ], [ hRdaya- ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (n. Pañcad.) (4) a short while (See comp. below) (5) a wall L. (6) a short span (measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the forefinger) L. (7) (with Jainas) one of the obstacles to liberation Sarvad. (` atomic individuality ' W.) (8) [ -kArin ] m. N. of a kind of ascetic L. (9) [ -bhAj ] mfn. of short duration Daśar (10) [ -vat ] mfn. possessing or occupying a place Brahmas. Sch. (11) [ -vartin ] mfn. = [ -bhAj ] ([ °ti-tvA ] f.) Hcar. (12) [ -zAstra ] n. a book containing examples MBh. (13) [ -stha ] mfn. = [ -bhAj ] Sāh (14) being or situated in a district MW.
===> [ pradeza ]1[ pra-deza ] &c. See [ pra-√ diz ]
===> pradharṣa [ pradharSa ]1[ pra-dharSa ] &c. See [ pra-√ dhRS ]
===> [ pradharSa ]3[ pra-dharSa ] m. attacking, assaulting, assailing (See [ duS-p° ])
===> pradharṣaṇa [ pradharSaNa ]3[ pra-dharSaNa ] mfn. (ifc.) attacking, molesting, harassing MBh. (1) n. or ([ A ]), f. attacking, assailing, an attack, assault, illtreatment, molestation ([ keza-p° ], dragging by the hair) MBh. R.
===> pradhvasta [ pradhvasta ]3[ pra-dhvasta ] mfn. destroyed, perished, disappeared MBh. R. Bhartṛ. BhP.
===> pradhvaṃsa [ pradhvaMsa ]3[ pra-dhvaMsa ] m. utter destruction, annihilation, perishing, disappearance Var. Bhartṛ (1) = [ °dhvaMs^abhAva ] (below) Sarvad (2) [ -tva ] n. state of destruction, desolation, ruin KapS. Sch. (3) [ °dhvaMs^abhAva ] m. non-existence in consequence of annihilation, ceasing to exist Tarkas. Sarvad. &c.
===> pradhvaṃsin [ pradhvaMsin ]3[ pra-dhvaMsin ] mfn. passing away, transitory, perishable ([ utpanna-p° ], arisen and passing away again, i. e. having no further consequences TPrāt. Comm.) MBh. (1) (ifc.) destroying, annihilating R.
===> pradhāna [ pradhAna ]2[ pradhAna ] n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of (2) [ often also ifc. (f. [ A ]), e. g. [ indra-pradhAna ], (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir (3) [ prayoga-p° ], (the art of dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mālav. ] (4) ` the Originator ', primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in Sāṃkhya = [ prakRti ], q. v.) IW. 53, 1 &c. (5) primary or unevolved matter or nature Sarvad (6) supreme or universal soul L. (7) intellect, understanding L. (8) the first companion or attendant of a king, a courtier, a noble (also m.) L. (9) an elephant-driver (also m.) L. (10) (in gram.) the principal member of a compound (opp. to [ upasarjana ], q. v.) (11) mf ([ A ]) n. chief, main, principal, most important (12) pre-eminent in (instr.) (13) better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (14) m. N. of an ancient king MBh. (15) ([ A ]), f. N. of a Śakti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522)
===> pradhāna-bhūta [ pradhAnabhUta ]3[ pradhAna-bhUta ] mfn. one who is the chief person Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 54
===> pradhāna-puruṣa [ pradhAnapuruSa ]3[ pradhAna-puruSa ] m. a chief person, most distinguished personage, an authority Mn. Mālav (1) ` the supreme soul ', N. of Śiva MBh. (2) [ °S^at^ita ] m. transcending Pradhāna and Purusha (matter and spirit) (3) N. of Śiva MW.
===> pradhānatva [ pradhAnatva ]3[ pradhAna-tva ] n. pre-eminence, superiority, excellence ĀśvŚr. MBh. (1) (in Sāṃkhya) the being Pradhāna Sāṃkhyak. Sch.
===> pradhānatā [ pradhAnatA ]3[ pradhAna-tA ] f. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, prevalence R. Hariv. Hit. Vedântas. [ 681,1 ] (1) the being Pradhāna, q. v. (2) (in MBh. iii, 173 = [ jagat-kAraNatA ] (3) cf. [ zarIra-p° ])
===> pradhānâṅga [ pradhAnAGga ]3[ pradhAn^aGga ] n. a chief member, the chief member of the body (1) most eminent person in a state (2) principal branch of a science &c. W.
===> pradhāraṇa [ pradhAraNa ]3[ pra-dhAraNa ] mfn. keeping, preserving, protecting (See [ pAda-pr° ]) [ 681,2 ] (1) ([ A ]), f. constantly fixing one's mind on a certain object MBh.
===> pradhūpita [ pradhUpita ]2[ pra-dhUpita ] mfn. fumigated, perfumed MBh. (1) heated, burnt (2) lighted, inflamed (3) afflicted (4) excited W. (5) ([ A ]), f. (with or scil. [ diz ]) the quarter to which the sun is proceeding L. (6) a woman in trouble or affliction ib.
===> pradoṣa [ pradoSa ]3[ pra-doSa ] mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) corrupt, bad, wicked Śiś. (1) m. defect, fault, disordered condition (of the body or of a country), mutiny, rebellion Pañcat (2) [ -nirNaya ] m. [ -zAnti ] f. [ °S^odyApana ] n. N. of wks. [ 680,2 ]
===> [ pradoSa ]1[ pra-doSa ]2 m. (for 1. See under [ pra-duS ]) the first part of the night, evening (also personified as a son of Doshā and associated with Niśitha and Vyushṭa) MBh. Kāv. Pur. &c. (1) ([ 'am ]), ind. in the evening, in the dark RV. GṛŚrS.
===> praduṣṭa [ praduSTa ]3[ pra-duSTa ] mfn. corrupt, wicked, bad, sinful MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) wanton, licentious (woman), Ṛt
===> pradveṣa [ pradveSa ]3[ pra-dveSa ] m. dislike, repugnance, aversion, hatred, hostility to (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) ([ I ]), f. N. of the wife of Dīrghatamas MBh.
===> pradyota [ pradyota ]2[ pra-dyot'a ] m. radiance, light ŚBr. (1) a ray of light L. (2) N. of a Yaksha MBh. (3) of a king of Magadha and founder of a dynasty VP. Kathās (4) of a king of Ujjayinī and other princes Lalit. (5) Priyad. BhP.
===> pradāna [ pradAna ]2[ pra-d'Ana ]1 n. (for 2. See below) giving, bestowal, presentation (esp. of an offering in the fire (1) also N. of the sacred text recited on this occasion) TS. &c. &c. (2) a gift, donation Mn. MBh. &c. (3) giving away in marriage Mn. Yājñ. &c. (4) applying (of a clyster) Suśr. (5) turning (the eyes) Kum (6) making (an attack) Pañcat (7) uttering (a curse) VP. (8) granting (a boon) MBh. (9) teaching, imparting, announcing, declaring Mn. R. Kathās (10) [ -kRpaNa ] mfn. mean or niggardly in making presents MBh. (11) [ -pUrvam ] ind. with a present Kathās (12) [ -ruci ] m. ` delighting in giving ', N. of a man Buddh. (13) [ -vat ] mfn. giving, liberal MBh. (14) [ -zUra ] m. ` a hero in giving ', an excessively liberal man Lalit. (15) N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP.
===> [ pradAna ]1[ pra-dAna ]2 n. (√ [ do ]) a goad L. (for 1. See under [ pra- ] √ 1. [ dA ])
===> pradātṛ [ pradAtR ]3[ pra-dAt'R ] m. a giver, bestower (mostly in comp. with the object, rarely with the receiver) AV. &c. &c. (1) an offerer, presenter ([ viSa- ], of poison) Car. (2) one who gives a daughter in marriage Mn. MBh. (3) an imparter (of knowledge) Pañcat (4) a granter (of a wish) BrahmaP. (f. [ trI ]) (5) N. of Indra TS. ŚBr. (6) of one of the Viśve Devā MBh.
===> pradāyaka [ pradAyaka ]3[ pra-dAyaka ] mfn. giving, granting, presenting, bestowing (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c. (1) [ -tva ] n. Kull
===> pradīpa [ pradIpa ]3[ pra-dIpa ] m. a light, lamp, lantern MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc. ` the light i. e. the glory or ornament of ', e. g. [ kula-pr° ], q. v. (1) also in titles of explanatory wks. = elucidation, explanation, e. g. [ mahAbhASya-pr° ]) (2) N. of wk. (3) [ -maJjarI ] f. N. of Comm. on the Amara-kośa (4) [ -zaraNa-dhvaja ] m. N. of a Mah^oraga-rāja L. (5) [ -sAha ] m. N. of a prince Cat. ([ sAha ] = ?) (6) [ -siMha ] m. N. of an author Cat.
===> pradīpana [ pradIpana ]3[ pra-dIpana ] mfn. inflaming, exciting Suśr. (1) m. a sort of poison L. (2) n. the act of kindling or inflaming R.
===> pradīpta [ pradIpta ]3[ pra-dIpta ] mfn. kindled, inflamed, burning, shining ŚBr. &c. &c. (1) excited, stimulated MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) (in augury) clear, shrill (opp. to [ pUrNa ]) VarBṛS. (3) [ -bhAs ] mfn. shining bright, Ṛt (4) [ -ziras ] mfn. one whose head is hot or burning Vedântas (5) [ °t^akSa ] m. ` having lustrous eyes ', N. of a Yaksha Kathās
===> pragalbha [ pragalbha ]3[ pra-galbha ] mf ([ A ]) n. bold, confident, resolute, brave, strong, able MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) proud, arrogant, impudent Ragh (2) skilful Kād (3) illustrious, eminent W. (4) mature (as age) MW. (5) m. N. of the fire employed at the Jātakarman Gṛhyās (6) (with [ AcArya ]) N. of an author (called also Śubhaṃ-kara) Cat. (7) ([ A ]), f. a bold and confident woman (esp. one of the classes of heroines in dram. composition) Sāh (8) N. of Durgā L. (9) ([ am ]), ind. courageously, resolutely Mṛcch (10) [ -kulAla ] m. a skilful potter Bhartṛ (11) [ -tA ] f. (Kum.), [ -tva ] n. (W.) boldness, wilfulness, resolution, energy, strength, power (12) [ -manas ] mfn. resolute-minded ([ a- ]) Amar. (13) [ -lakSaNa ] n. and [ °Na-prakAza ] m. N. of wks. (14) [ -vAc ] mfn. speaking confidently or proudly Kum
===> pragama [ pragama ]3[ pra-gama ] m. the first manifestation of love, first advance in courtship Pratāp
===> pragraha [ pragraha ]3[ pra-graha ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) holding in front, stretching forth MBh. (1) seizing, clutching, taking hold of ([ °haM gataH ], seized, taken) ib. Hariv. (2) a partic. manner of fighting MBh. (= [ zatror uttAnapA-tan^artham pAd^akarSaNam ], or = [ gala-hastakaH ] Nīlak.) (3) the seizure of the sun or moon, beginning of an eclipse (cf. [ graha ]) Sūryas (4) friendly reception, kindness, favour MBh. Hariv. (5) obstinacy, stubbornness ([ °haMgataH ], obstinate, stubborn) MBh. (6) a rein, bridle KaṭhUp. MBh. &c. (7) a ray of light (like all words meaning ` rein ' or ` bridle ') L. (8) a rope, halter, cord, string, thong MBh. (9) the cord or string suspending a balance L. (10) a guide, leader, ruler (also as N. of Viṣṇu-Kṛshṇa) MBh. (11) a companion, satellite ib. (12) binding L. (13) taming, breaking (a horse) L. (14) the arm L. (15) a species of plant Car. (Cassis Fistula L.) (16) a vowel not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi TPrāt. ([ -tva ] n. Sch. (17) cf. 1. [ pra-gRhya ]) (18) N. of a partic. sacrificial rite (also [ -homa ] KātyŚr. Sch.) (19) mf ([ A ]) n. receiving, kind, hospitable (with [ sabhA ] f. a hall of reception, an audience hall) R. (B.) (20) = [ UrdhvabAhu ] (?) R. Sch. (cf. [ pr'aJjali-pragr° ]) (21) [ -vat ] mfn. (ifc.) one who has seized, holding MBh. (22) receiving, kindly, obliging R. (Sch. ` keeping down the wicked ' or ` controlling the organs of sense ') (23) [ °h^adi-darpaNa ] m. N. of wk. (24) [ °hin ] mfn. guiding the reins BhP.
===> pragrahaṇa [ pragrahaNa ]3[ pra-grahaNa ] m. a leader, guide (only ifc. [ f. [ A ] ] ` led by ') MBh. (1) stretching forth, offering ŚāṅkhŚr. (2) taking, seizing, holding ib. (3) the seizure of the sun and moon, commencement of an eclipse VarBṛS. Sūryas (4) a means for taming or breaking in MBh. (5) the being a leader or guide, authority, dignity ib. (6) a rein, bridle MW. (7) a check, restraint ib.
===> praguṇa [ praguNa ]1[ pra-guNa ] mf ([ A ]) n. straight (lit. and lig.), right, correct, honest, upright Mālatīm. Hcar. (1) being in a good state or condition, excellent Ragh. Mālatīm (2) [ -racanA ] f. = next Daśar
===> praguṇī-karaṇa [ praguNIkaraNa ]3[ pra-guNI-karaNa ] n. putting straight, arranging properly KātyŚr. Sch.
===> pragāḍha [ pragADha ]1[ pra-gADha ] &c. See [ pra-√ gAh ] below
===> [ pragADha ]3[ pra-gADha ] mfn. dipped or steeped in, mixed with, soaked, impregnated (ifc.) Suśr.
---> much, excessive MBh. (1) rich in, full of (ifc.) Kām (2) advanced, late (hour) Daś (3) hard, difficult L. (4) ([ am ]), ind. much, exceedingly, greatly Kāv. Suśr. (5) tightly, firmly W. (6) n. a crowd MBh. iv, 1977 (= [ saM-kaTa ] Nīlak.) (7) pain, privation, penance W. (8) [ -tA ] f. [ -tva ] n. abundance, excessiveness MW. (9) hardness ib.
===> pragṛhya [ pragRhya ]3[ pra-gRhya ] mfn. to be seized or taken or accepted MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi (as the final [ I ], [ U ], and [ e ] of the dual terminations, e. g. [ kavI etau ], ` these two poets ') Prāt. Pāṇ. &c. 2,
===> [ pragRhya ]3[ pra-gRhya ] ind. having taken or grasped, carrying away with, with MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pragṛhīta [ pragRhIta ]3[ pra-gRhIta ] mfn. held forth or out, taken, accepted &c. R. Hariv. &c. (1) lofty Divyâv (2) joined, united with (ibc.) BhP. (3) kept separate, pronounced without observing the rules of Saṃdhi (4) [ -pada ] mf ([ A ]) n. having the words pronounced separately RPrāt. 1
===> prahara [ prahara ]1[ pra-hara ] &c. See [ pra- ] √ [ hR ]
===> [ prahara ]2[ pra-hara ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) a division of time (about 3 hours = 6 or 7 Nāḍikās (1) lit. ` stroke ', scil. on a gong) Var. Kathās. Pañcat (2) the 8th part of a day, a watch Kathās (3) N. of the subdivisions in a Śākuna (q. v.) (4) [ -kuTumbI ]. f. a species of plant L. (5) [ -virati ] f. the end of a watch (at 9 o'clock in the forenoon), Amar '
===> praharaṇa [ praharaNa ]3[ pra-haraNa ] n. striking, beating, pecking Pañcat. attack, combat MBh. (1) throwing (of grass into the fire) TS. Sch. (2) removing, dispelling Śaṃk (3) a weapon (ifc. f. [ A ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. [ kRta-pr° ]) (4) a carriage-box BhP. (5) w. r. for [ pra-vahaNa ] L. (6) m. the verse spoken in throwing grass into the fire ĀpŚr. (7) N. of a son of Kṛshṇa BhP. (8) [ -kalikA ] or [ -kalitA ] f. a kind of metre Chandom. Col. (9) [ -vat ] mfn. fighting Sāy
===> prahartṛ [ prahartR ]3[ pra-hartR ] m. a sender, dispatcher Śiś. (1) an assailant, combatant, warrior MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> praharṣa [ praharSa ]2[ pra-harSa ] m. erection (or greater erection) of the male organ Car. (1) erection of the hair, extreme joy, thrill of delight, rapture ([ °SaM ] √ [ kR ], with loc. ` to delight in ') MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) [ -vat ] mfn. delighted, glad MBh. R.
===> praharṣita [ praharSita ]3[ pra-harSita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) stiffened (as reed). Suśr. (1) made desirous of sexual intercourse Car. (2) greatly delighted, enraptured, very happy MBh. R.
===> prahasita [ prahasita ]3[ pra-hasita ] mfn. laughing, cheerful Hariv. Kāv. Pur. (1) m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (2) of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ (3) n. bursting into laughter BhP. (4) displaying bright gaudy colours Jātakam (5) [ -netra ] m. ` laughing-eyed ', N. of a Buddha Lalit. (6) [ -vadana ] (Pañcat.), [ °t^anana ] (Hariv.), mfn. with laughing face
===> prahasta [ prahasta ]1[ pra-hasta ] mfn. long-handed Inscr. (1) m. (n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 183 Sch.) the open hand with the fingers extended KātyŚr. Sch. (2) N. of a Rākshasa MBh. R. (3) of a companion of Sūrya-prabha (son of Candra-prabha, king of Śākala (4) he had been an Asura before) Kathās (5) [ -vAda ] m. N. of work
===> prahata [ prahata ]2[ pra-hata ] mfn. struck, beaten (as a drum), killed, slain MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) cut to pieces BhP. (2) hewn down Subh (3) repelled, defeated W. (4) spread, expanded ib. (5) contiguous ib. (6) learned, accomplished (= [ zAstra-vid ] Gal.) ib. (7) (ifc.) a blow or stroke with, g. [ akSa-dyUt^adi ] (8) [ -muraja ] mfn. having drums beaten, resounding with the beating of drums Megh
===> prahelikā [ prahelikA ]3[ pra-helikA ] (Kāvyâd., 6 kinds), f. an enigma, riddle, puzzling question
===> praheya [ praheya ]3[ pr'a-h'eya ] mfn. to be sent away or dispatched. serving as a messenger AV. ŚBr.
===> prahlāda [ prahlAda ]2[ pra-hlAda ] m. joyful excitement, delight, joy. happiness MBh. R. Suśr. (1) sound, noise L. (2) a species of rice Gal. (3) N. of a pious Daitya (son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu (4) he was made king of the Daitya by Viṣṇu, and was regent of one of the divisions of Pātāla (5) cf. [ pra-hrAda ]) MBh. VP. (RTL. 109) (6) of a Nāga. MBh. (7) of a Prajā-pati ib. (8) pl. N. of a people. ib. (9) [ -campU ] f. [ -carita ] n. [ -vijaya ] n. [ -stuti ] f. [ -stotra ] n. N. of wks.
===> prahlādana [ prahlAdana ]3[ pra-hlAdana ] mf ([ I ]) n. id. MBh. Kāv. Suśr. (1) m. (with [ yuva-rAja ]) N. of a poet (brother of king Dhārā-varsha, 1208) Cat. (2) u. (Hariv. Suśr.) and ([ A ]), f. (Bālar.) the act of causing joy or pleasure, refreshment
===> prahāra [ prahAra ]1[ pra-hAra ] See [ pra- ] √ [ hR ]
===> [ prahAra ]2[ pra-hAra ] m. striking, hitting, fighting Vcar. (1) a stroke, blow, thump, knock, kick &c. (` with ', comp. (2) ` on ', loc. or comp.) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c. (3) m. a necklace Dharmaś (4) [ -karaNa ] n. dealing blows, beating MW. (5) [ -da ] mfn. (ifc.) giving a blow to, striking Yājñ. (6) [ -varman ] m. N. of a prince of Mithilā Daś (7) [ -vallI ] f. a kind of perfume Bhpr. (8) [ °r^arta ] mfn. hurt by a blow, wounded Yājñ. (9) n. chronic and acute pain from a wound or hurt W.
===> prahāsa [ prahAsa ]3[ pra-hAsa ] m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kāv (1) derision, irony Pāṇ. 1-4, 106 &c. (2) appearance, display Veṇis (3) splendour, of colours Jātakam (4) an actor, dancer L. (5) N. of Śiva L. (cf. [ °hasa ]) (6) of an attendant of Śiva MBh. (7) of a Nāga ib. (8) of a minister of Varuṇa R. (9) of a Tirtha (w. r. for [ °bhAsa ]?) L. (10) n. (with [ bharad-vAjasya ]) N. of a Sāman (w. r. for [ prAsAha ]) L.
===> prahāya [ prahAya ]3[ pra-h'Aya ] (or [ °hAry'a ]), mfn. to be taken away or removed ŚBr. (cf. [ pra-hAyyA ], under [ pra-√ hi ]) to be beaten MW.
===> prahīṇa [ prahINa ]2[ prahINa ] mfn. (cf. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) left, remaining BhP. (1) standing alone i. e. having no relatives Vas (2) cast off, worn out (as a garment) Gaut (3) failing in (instr.) MBh. (4) ceased, vanished Jātakam (5) (ifc.) wanting, destitute of MBh. (6) m. removal, loss, waste, destruction W.
===> [ prahINa ]1[ pra-hINa ] See [ pra ]ṛoot 3. [ hA ]
===> prahṛṣṭa [ prahRSTa ]2[ pra-hRSTa ] mfn. erect, bristling (as the hair of the body) MBh. R. BhP. (1) thrilled with delight. exceedingly pleased, delighted ib. Var. Kathās. Pañcat. &c. (2) [ citta ] mfn. delighted at heart at heart, exceedingly glad. A. (3) [ -manas ] mfn. id. MBh. (4) [ -mukha ] mfn. having a cheerful face, looking pleased ([ a-pr° ]) . MārkP. (5) [ -mudita ] mfn. exceedingly pleased and cheerful R. (6) [ -rUpa ] mfn. of pleasing form MBh. (7) erect in form MW. (8) [ -roman ] mfn. one who has erected hair R. (9) m. N. of an Asura Kathās (10) [ -vadana ] mfn. = [ -mukha ] MārkP. (11) [ °T^atman ]. mfn. = [ °Ta-citta ]. MBh. R.
===> prajaya [ prajaya ]1[ pra-jaya ] See under [ pra-√ ji ]
===> [ prajaya ]3[ pra-jay'a ] m. victory, conquest ŚBr.
===> prajvāra [ prajvAra ]1[ pra-jvAra ] m. (√ [ jvar ]) the heat cf. fever (sometimes personified) BhP.
===> prajña [ prajJa ]1[ pra-jJa ]1 mfn. = [ pra-jJu ] L.
===> [ prajJa ]2[ pra-jJa ]2 mf ([ A ]) n. (for 1. See above) wise, prudent MāṇḍUp. (1) (ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. [ nikRti- ], [ pathi- ]) (2) ([ A ]), f. See col. 2 (3) [ -tA ] ([ °jJ'a- ]) f. knowledge. ŚBr.
===> prajñapta [ prajJapta ]3[ pra-jJapta ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) ordered, prescribed (cf. [ vaidya- ]) (1) arranged (as a seat) Divyâv
===> prajñapti [ prajJapti ]3[ pra-jJapti ] f. teaching, information, instruction BhP. (1) an appointment, agreement, engagement W. (2) arrangement (of a seat) Divyâv (3) (with Jainas) a partic. magical art personified as one of the Vidyā-devīs Kathās. (L. also [ °tI ]) (4) [ -kauzika ] m. N. of a teacher acquainted with the magical art called Prajñapti Kathās (5) [ -vAdin ] m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school SaddhP. (6) [ -zAstra ] n. N. of wk.
===> prajñâditya [ prajJAditya ]3[ pra-jJ'A-ditya ] ([ °jJ^ad° ]), m. ` sun of wisdom ', N. applied to a very clever man Rājat
===> prajñā [ prajJA ]1[ pra-√ jJA ] P. [ -jAnAti ], to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish, know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c. (1) to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kāv. &c. :, Caus. [ -jJ˘Apayati ], to show or point out (the way) ŚBr. (2) to summon, invite Lalit. 2
===> [ prajJA ]2[ pra-jJ'A ] f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment ŚBr. &c. &c. (1) device, design ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (2) a clever or sensible woman W. (3) Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence, Sarasvatī L. (4) a partic. Śakti or energy Hcat (5) (with Buddh.) true or transcendental wisdom (which is three fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126 ; 128 (6) the energy of Ādi-buddha (through the union with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204
===> prajñā-cakṣus [ prajJAcakSus ]3[ pra-jJ'A-cakSus ] n. the eye of understanding Mālav. Vajracch. (1) mfn. ` mind-eyed ', wise, intelligent MBh. iii, 13891 (2) blind ib. i, 147 &c. (3) m. N. of the blind king Dhṛta-rāshṭra L.
===> prajñā-pāramitā [ prajJApAramitA ]3[ pra-jJ'A-pAramitA ] f. perfection in wisdom Kathās. Kāraṇḍ (1) (with Buddh.) one of the 6 or 10 transcendent virtues Dharmas. 17 ; 18 MWB. 128 (2) [ -sUtra ] n. N. of wk.
===> prajñāta [ prajJAta ]3[ pra-jJAta ] mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known, public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c.
===> prajñāvat [ prajJAvat ]3[ pra-jJ'A-vat ] mfn. wise, knowing, shrewd, intelligent Kathās. Pañcat. &c.
===> prajā [ prajA ]2[ praj'A ] f. (ifc. f. [ A ] (1) cf. [ pra-ja ] above) procreation, propagation, birth RV. AV. (2) offspring, children, family, race, posterity, descendants, aftergrowth (of plants) RV. &c. &c. (3) a creature, animal, man, mankind (4) people, subjects (of a prince) ib. (5) seed, semen VS. (cf. [ -niSeka ]) (6) an era Divyâv
===> prajā-nātha [ prajAnAtha ]3[ praj'A-nAtha ] m. ` lord of creatures ', N. of Brahmā or Manu Prab (1) of Daksha, Bh. (2) = [ -pa ] Ragh. Rājat
===> prajā-pati [ prajApati ]3[ praj'A-pati ] ([ °jA- ]), m. ` lord of creatures ', N. of Savitṛ, Soma, Agni, Indra &c. RV. AV. (1) a divinity presiding over procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn. Suśr. BhP. [ 658,3 ] (2) lord of creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among the Vedic deities [ RV. (only x, 21, 10) AV. VS. Br. ] but in later times also applied to Viṣṇu, Śiva, Time personified, the sun, fire, &c., and to various progenitors, esp. to the 10 lords of created beings first created by Brahmā, viz. Marīci, Atri, Aṅgiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishṭha, Pracetas or Daksha, Bhṛgu, Nārada [ Mn. i, 34 (3) cf. IW. 206, n. 1 ], of whom some authorities count only the first 7, others the last 3) (4) a father L. (5) a king, prince L. (6) a son-in-law L. (7) N. of the 5th (39th) year in a 60 years ' cycle of Jupiter Var (8) the planet Mars, a partic. star, ? Aurigae Sūryas (9) (in astrol.) = 2. [ kAla-nara ], q. v. (10) a species of insect L. (11) N. of sev. men and authors Cat. (12) ([ I ]), f. a matron, lady Divyâv (13) N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamī, the first woman who assented to his doctrines) Lalit. (14) [ -grihIta ] ([ °j'A-p° ]), mfn. seized by Prajā-pati VS. (15) [ -carita ] n. N. of wk. (16) [ -cit'i ] f. Prajā-pati's layer ŚBr. (17) [ -datta ] m. N. of a man Pat. (18) [ -nivAsinI ] f. N. of a Gandharvī Kāraṇḍ (19) [ -pati ] m. ` lord of the Prajā-pati ', N. of Brahmā BhP. (20) of Daksha ib. (21) [ -bhakSita ] ([ °j'A-p° ]), mfn. eaten by Prajā-pati VS. (22) [ -mukha ] ([ j'A-p° ]), mfn. having Prajā-pati as head or chief ŚBr. (23) [ -yajJa ] m. ` sacrifice to Prajā-pati ', the procreation of children enjoined by law VP. (24) [ -lok'a ] m. Prajā-pati's world (situated between the sphere of Brahmā and that of the Gandharvas) ŚBr. (25) [ -zarman ] m. N. of a man L. (26) [ -sRSTa ] ([ °j'A-p° ]), mfn. created by Prajā-pati AV. ŚBr. (27) [ -smRti ] f. N. of wk. (28) [ -hRdaya ] n. ` Prajā-pati's heart ', N. of a Sāman ŚrS. (also [ praj'Apater-h'Rd° ] ŚBr. TS.)
===> prajā-pāla [ prajApAla ]3[ praj'A-pAla ] m. ` protector of creatures ', N. of Kṛshṇa MBh. (1) a prince, king ib. Rājat (2) N. of a king VarP.
===> prajā-pālana [ prajApAlana ]3[ praj'A-pAlana ] n. = [ -paripAlana ] Mn. ix, 253 &c. (1) N. of wk.
===> prakaca [ prakaca ]1[ pra-kaca ] mfn. (prob.) having the hair erect L. (cf. [ ut-k° ], [ vi-k° ])
===> prakalpita [ prakalpita ]3[ pra-kalpita ] mfn. made, done, prepared, arranged, appointed MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) shed (as a tear) Amar. (2) ([ A ]), f. a kind of riddle Cat.
===> prakampa [ prakampa ]3[ pra-kampa ] mfn. trembling R. (1) m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> prakampana [ prakampana ]3[ pra-kampana ] mf ([ A ], or [ I ]) n. trembling violently W. (1) m. wind, air Śiś. (2) N. of a hell L. (3) of an Asura Kathās (4) n. great trembling, violent or excessive motion MBh. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)
===> prakampita [ prakampita ]3[ pra-k'ampita ] (!), mfn. trembling, quaking Suparṇ. R. (1) (fr. Caus.) made to tremble, shaken Bhaṭṭ. (2) n. trembling or violent motion Var
===> prakaraṇa [ prakaraNa ]3[ pra-karaNa ] n. production, creation Hariv. (1) treatment, discussion, explanation (2) treatise, monograph, book, chapter (esp. introduction or prologue) GṛŚrS. MBh. Sarvad (3) a subject, topic, question, matter, occasion, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c. (4) ([ asminn eva ŚraNe ], ` on this occasion ' or ` in this connection ' MBh. (5) [ na ca ŚraNaM vetsi ], ` nor do you know what is the matter ' Kathās.) (6) a kind of drama with a fictitious plot (such as Mṛcch. Mālatīm. &c.) Sāh. (IW. 47 r) (7) treating with respect W. (8) doing much or well ib. (9) N. of wk. (cf. [ nyAyapr° ]) (10) [ -tas ] ind. occasionally Suśr. (11) [ -tva ] n. Vedântas (12) [ -paJcikA ] f. [ -pAda ] m. [ -vAd^artha ] m. N. of wks. (13) [ -zas ] ind. according to species or kind (opp. to [ pRthak-tvena ]) Nir (14) [ -sama ] m. a kind of sophism, an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force of argument pro and con Nyāyas. Car. (15) [ °NI ] (or [ °NikA ]), f. a drama of the same character as the Prakaraṇa but of less extent Sāh
===> prakarṣa [ prakarSa ]3[ pra-karSa ] m. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, excess, intensity, high degree MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc., e. g. [ adhva-pr° ], a great distance R. (1) [ kAla-pr° ], a long time Suśr. (2) [ guNa-pr° ], extraordinary qualities Mṛcch (3) [ phala-pr° ] mfn. consisting chiefly in fruit Suśr. (4) [ zakti-pr° ], possessing extraordinary power Inscr.) (5) length of time, duration Car. (6) absoluteness, definitiveness W. (7) (in gram.) the effect of the prefix [ pra ] upon roots ib. (8) ibc. and ([ At ], or [ eNa ]), ind. eminently, intensely, thoroughly, in a high degree MBh. Kāv. &c. (9) [ -gamana ] n. going absolutely or finally, departure W. (10) [ -tantra ] mfn. dependent on excellence or superior strength MW. (11) [ -vat ] mfn. pre-eminent, excelling by or in (comp.) Śaṃk
===> prakarṣita [ prakarSita ]3[ pra-karSita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) drawn forth or out &c. (1) exceeded in profit (as the interest of a loan) W. (2) n. profit on a pledge beyond the interest of the money lent upon it W.
===> prakaṭa [ prakaTa ]1[ pra-kaTa ]1 mf ([ A ]) n. (according to Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 fr. [ pra ] + affix [ kaTa ] (1) but prob. Prākr. = [ pra-kRta ], cf. [ ava-k° ], [ ut-k° ], [ ni-k° ], [ vi-k° ], [ saM-k° ]), evident, clear, manifest, open, plain, public Sūryas. Kāv. Kathās. ([ prakaTah so 'stu ], ` let him show himself ') Pur. &c. (2) m. N. of a Śaiva philosopher Cat. (3) ibc. and ([ am ]), ind. evidently, visibly, openly, in public Var. Kathās. Pañc (4) [ -prIti-vardhana ] m. ` evidently increaser of joy ', N. of Śiva Śivag (5) [ -rakt^anta-nayana ] mfn. having the eye-corners visibly red Pañc (6) [ -vaikRta ] mf ([ A ]) n. openly inimical Rājat (7) [ -zIrSa ] mfn. bearing the head uplifted Mṛcch (8) [ °t^aprakaTa ] mf ([ A ]) n. open and not open L.
===> [ prakaTa ]2[ pra-kaTa ]2 Nom. P. [ °Tati ] (pr. p. [ °Tat ]), to appear, become manifest Hariv.
===> prakhya [ prakhya ]3[ pra-khy'a ] mfn. visible, clear, bright ŚBr. MBh. (1) ([ A ]), f. look, appearance (only ifc. = resembling, like) MBh. R. &c. (2) brightness, splendour (only ifc.) R. (3) perceptibility, visibility, Jaini (4) making manifest, disclosure Daśar
===> prakhyāna [ prakhyAna ]3[ pra-khyAna ] n. the being perceived or known Pāṇ. 1-2, 54 (1) = [ °khyApana ] R.
===> prakhyāti [ prakhyAti ]3[ pra-khyAti ] f. visibility, perceptibility, celebrity (only [ a-prakh° ]) MBh. (1) praise, eulogium W.
===> prakiraṇa [ prakiraNa ]1[ pra-kiraNa ] [ -kIrNa ] &c. See [ pra-√ kRR ]
===> [ prakiraNa ]3[ prakiraNa ] n. scattering, throwing about MārkP.
===> prakopa [ prakopa ]3[ pra-kopa ] m. effervescence, excitement, raging (of diseases, war &c.) Var. Rājat (1) tumult, insurrection Hit. (2) violent anger, rage, fury, wrath, ire Mn. MBh. &c. (3) (in med.) excess, superabundance, vitiation Suśr.
===> prakrama [ prakrama ]3[ pra-kram'a ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) stepping, proceeding L. (1) a step, stride, pace (also as a measure of distance, the length of which is variously stated at 2 or 3 or 3 1/2 Padas, also at more or less) Br. GṛŚrS. (2) commencement, beginning, procedure, course KātyŚr. Mālatīm. Prab. Kathās (3) leisure, opportunity L. (4) relation, proportion, degree, measure Vedântas (5) method, order, regularity (esp. in the position of words and in gram. construction (6) cf. [ -bhaGga ]) (7) the reading of the Krama (= [ krama-pATha ], q. v.) Pat. (8) discussing any point in question (9) the case in question MW. (10) (pl.) a series of oblations corresponding to the movements of a sacrificial horse ŚBr. KātyŚr. (11) [ -tRtIya ] n. the third of a square pace KātyŚr. (12) [ -bhaGga ] m. (in rhet.) want of order or method, the breaking of symmetry in composition or the violation of gram. construction (= [ bhagna-prakramatA ]) Kāvyâd. Sch. (13) [ °ga-vat ] mfn. wanting method or symmetry, irregular, unsymmetrical Pratāp (14) [ -viruddha ] mfn. stopped in the beginning Prab
===> prakramaṇa [ prakramaNa ]3[ pra-kramaNa ] n. stepping forwards, proceeding, advancing towards (comp.) KātyŚr. Kālid (1) issuing forth Tattvas
===> prakriyā [ prakriyA ]3[ pra-kriyA ] f. producing, production Sarvad (1) procedure, way, manner MBh. (2) a ceremony, observance, formality Hariv. Kathās. Rājat (3) precedence, high position, elevation, privilege MBh. Rājat. Kathās (4) the insignia of high rank Rājat (5) characterisation Nyāyas (6) a chapter (esp. the introductory chapter of a work) Śaṃk. Cat. (7) (in med.) a prescription Bhpr. (8) (in gram.) etymological formation (9) rules for the formation and inflection of words MW.
---> [ -kaumudI ] (and [ °dI-vRtti ]), f. [ -Jjana-TIkA ] ([ °kriy^aJj° ]), f. [ -pradIpa ] m. [ -bhUSaNa ] n. [ -maJjarI ] f. [ -ratna ] n. [ -rUp^avalI ] f. [ -rNava ] ([ °kriy^arN° ]), m. [ -saMgraha ] m. [ -sarvasva ] n. [ -sAra ] m. N. of gram. wks. [ 654,1 ]
===> prakrānta [ prakrAnta ]3[ pra-krAnta ] mfn. proceeded, gone &c. Kāv (1) commenced, begun L. (2) previously mentioned or stated MW. (3) n. the setting out on a journey Yājñ. (4) the point in question MW. (5) [ -tva ] n. commencement, beginning Kull (6) the being meant or understood by anything Hcat
===> prakāra [ prakAra ]1[ pra-kAra ] &c. See [ pra-√ kR ]
===> [ prakAra ]2[ pra-kAra ] m. sort, kind, nature, class, species, way, mode, manner, APrāt. Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) [ kena ŚreNa ], in what way? how? Pañc (2) [ °raiH ], in one way or another R. (3) [ rAmAyaNasya bhAratasya vA ŚraH ], a kind of R. or MBh. Rājat. (mostly ifc. mfn. (4) cf. [ tri- ] ` of three kinds ', [ nAnA- ], [ bahu- ]) (5) similitude or difference L. (6) [ -ka ] mfn. = [ kAra ] ifc. (cf. [ tat- ], [ niS- ]) (7) [ -tA ] f. speciality Bhāshāp (8) [ -vat ] mfn. belonging to a species Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.
===> prakāśa [ prakAza ]3[ pra-kAza ] mfn. visible, shining, bright ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. &c. (1) clear, manifest, open, public Mn. MBh. &c. ([ nAmadheyam prakAzaM kRtvA ], ` pronouncing a name out loud ' ŚāṅkhGṛ.) (2) expanded W. (3) universally noted, famous, celebrated for (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kālid (4) renowned throughout (comp.) Ragh (5) (ifc.) having the appearance of, looking like, resembling MBh. R. &c. (6) ibc. and ([ am ]), ind. openly, publicly, before the eyes of all Mn. MBh. &c. ([ °zaM n^abhyudaikSata ], ` he did not look up openly ' R.) (7) aloud, audibly (esp. in dram., opp. to [ Atma-gatam ], [ sva-gatam ] &c.) (8) m. clearness, brightness, splendour, lustre, light RV. &c. &c. (9) (fig.) light, elucidation, explanation (esp. at the end of titles of explanatory works, e. g. [ kAvya- ], [ tarka- ] &c.) (10) appearance, display. manifestation, expansion, diffusion MBh. Kāv. Sāh (11) publicity, fame, renown, glory Hariv. (12) sunshine open spot or air MBh. Śak. MārkP. ([ e ] ind. openly, publicly, before the world, ifc. in the presence of MBh. Prab.) (13) the gloss on the upper part of a (horse's) body VS. (Mahīdh) (14) w. r. for [ prAk° ] TBr. (15) a chapter, section, Cat. (16) N. of sev. wks. ib. (17) laughter L. (18) N. of a Brāhman (son of Tamas) MBh. (19) of Manu Raivata Hariv. (20) (pl.) the messengers of Viṣṇu L. (21) n. bell-metal, brass L. (22) [ -kartR ] m. ` light-maker ', N. of the sun MBh. (23) [ -karman ] m. ` whose work is to give light ', N. of the sun MBh. (24) [ -kAma ] mfn. wishing for renown ĀśvŚr. (25) [ -kraya ] m. a purchase made publicly MW. (26) [ -tA ] f. brightness, brilliance, splendour Yājñ. Pañcat (27) publicity ([ °tAM-√ gam ], to become known or public Mudr.) (28) renown MBh.
---> [ -tva ] n. clearness, brightness Naish. Sch. (29) appearance, manifestation ([ sva- ], ` of one's self ') Sāh (30) celebrity, renown MBh. (31) [ -datta ] m. N. of a poet Cat. (32) [ -devI ] f. N. of a princess Rājat (33) [ -dhara ] m. N. of an author Cat. (34) [ -nArI ] f. ` public woman ', a prostitute Mṛcch (35) [ -vaJcaka ] m. ` open rogue, a public deceiver or cheat MW. (36) [ -vat ] mfn. ([ -vat-tva ] n.) bright, brilliant, shining ChUp. Ragh. Sch. Śaṃk (37) m. N. of one of the feet of Brahmā ChUp. (38) [ -varSa ] m. N. of a poet Cat. (39) [ -vAda ] m. [ -saMhitA ] f. [ -saptati ] f. [ -sUtra ] n. N. of wks. (40) [ °z^akAza-kAnti ] mfn. bright as a clear sky MW. (41) [ °z^atmaka ] mfn. = [ °z^atman ] ([ °ka-tva ] n. the possession of a brilliant nature or character, brilliancy) Śaṃk (42) [ °z^atman ] mfn. brilliant in character or nature, brilliant, shining Sūryas (43) m. N. of Śiva Śivag (44) the sun L. (45) N. of sev. men and authors (also with [ yati ] and [ svAmin ]) Cat. (46) [ °z^aditya ] m. and [ °z^ananda ] m. N. of authors Cat. (47) [ °zI-karaNa ] n. giving light, illuminating R. (48) [ °zI-√ kR ] P. Ā. to give light, illumine Var. [ 653,2 ] (49) to publish, make known Hariv. (50) [ °zI-bhAva ] m. the becoming light, morning twilight Nir (51) [ °z^etara ] mfn. ` other than visible ', invisible Śak (52) [ °z^endra ] m. N. of a man (the father of Kshem^endra) Cat. (53) [ °z^odaya ] m. N. of wk.
===> prakāśaka [ prakAzaka ]3[ pra-kAzaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. clear, bright, shining, brilliant Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. MBh. (1) universally known, renowned Rājat (2) irradiating, illuminating, giving light BhP. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. MBh. &c. (3) making clear, illustrating, explaining Sarvad. Śaṃk (4) making apparent or manifest, disclosing, discovering, publishing, evincing, betraying Sāh. MārkP. (5) indicating, expressing L. (6) m. ` light-giver ', the sun Kathās (7) ([ ikA ]), f. N. of sev. Comms (8) n. bell-metal, brass L. (9) [ °ka-jJAtR ] and [ -prajJAtR ] m. ` knowing the giver of light, i. e. the sun ', a cock L. (10) [ °ka-tva ] n. illustration, explanation Vedântas
===> prakāśana [ prakAzana ]3[ pra-kAzana ] mfn. illuminating, giving light RāmatUp. MBh. (1) ([ A ]), f. teaching L. (2) n. illuminating, giving light (3) causing to appear, displaying, bringing to light, publicly showing or manifesting Nir. MBh. Suśr. &c. (4) [ -vat ] mfn. irradiating, illuminating Nir
===> prakāśanīya [ prakAzanIya ]3[ pra-kAzanIya ] mfn. to be displayed, to be shown or manifested MW.
===> prakāśita [ prakAzita ]3[ pra-kAzita ] mfn. become visible, brought to light, clear, manifest, apparent, evident (1) displayed, unfolded, discovered (2) illumined, enlightened, irradiated (3) published, promulgated MBh. R. Suśr. &c. (4) [ -viruddha-tA ] f. and [ °ddha-tva ] n. (in rhet.) a partic. awkwardness in expression (saying something at variance with what ought to be said) Sāh
===> prakāśya [ prakAzya ]3[ pra-kAzya ] mfn. to be brought to light or made manifest Sāṃkhyak. Saṃk. Sāh (1) n. w. r. for [ prAk° ], q. v. MBh. R. MārkP. (2) [ -tA ] f. the being manifest, publicity Rājat
===> prakīrtita [ prakIrtita ]3[ pra-kIrtita ] mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Yājñ. (1) named, called Mn. Pañc (2) approved, praised, celebrated Yājñ. Pañc
===> prakīrṇa [ prakIrNa ]3[ prakIrNa ] mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed Nir. MBh. Kāv (1) squandered Dhūrtas (2) disordered, dishevelled MBh. R. Suśr. (3) waved, waving Śiś. xii, 17 (4) mixed, containing various subjects, miscellaneous Kām (5) standing alone, nowhere mentioned Viṣṇ (6) confused, incoherent (as speech) Śiś. ii, 63 (7) expanded, opened W. (8) spread abroad, published ib. (9) m. Guilandina Bonduc L. (10) a horse (?) Gal. (11) n. a miscellany, any miscellaneous collection L. (12) a chapter or section of a book L. (13) extent L. (14) N. of a class of Jaina works MWB. 533 [ 654,3 ] (15) scattering or throwing about A. (16) [ -keza ] mf ([ I ]) n. having dishevelled hair MBh. Suśr. (17) ([ I ]), f. N. of Durgā L. (18) [ -pUjA ] f. [ -mantra ] m. pl. N. of wks. (19) [ -maithuna ] mfn. living in mixed (connubial) intercourse MBh. (20) [ -saMgraha ] m. N. of wk. (21) [ °N^adhy^aya ] m. a chapter containing miscellaneous subjects (N. of VarBṛS. xxii) (22) [ °N^ambara-mUrdhaja ] mfn. with disordered garments and dishevelled hair MBh.
===> prakīrṇaka [ prakIrNaka ]3[ prakIrNaka ] mfn. scattered, dispersed, occurring singly or in single instances VarBṛS. (1) mixed, containing various things ib. Sch. (2) m. a horse L. (3) m. (L. n.) a tuft of hair used as an ornament for horses MBh. R. (4) a chowrie (the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a fan or fly-flap and as an ornament for horses) L. (5) n. a miscellany, any collection of heterogeneous objects Vām. i, 3, 12 (6) a section or division of a book L. (7) N. of the 3rd part of the Vākyapadīya and of another wk. Cat. (8) (in law) a case not provided for by the Śāstras and to be decided by the judge or king W. (9) extent, length L. (10) [ -dAna ] n. pl. N. of wk.
===> prakṛta [ prakRta ]3[ pra-kRta ] mfn. made, done, produced, accomplished, prepared RV. &c. &c. (1) appointed, charged KātyŚr. (2) (ifc.) made or consisting of ([ tat-p° ]) Pāṇ. 5-4, 21 (3) commenced, begun or one who has commenced or begun, iii, 4, 71 (4) put forward, mentioned, under discussion or in question KātyŚr. Kathās. Sāh (5) (in rhet.) = [ upa-meya ] Kpr. (6) wished, expected W. (7) genuine, real MW. (8) m. N. of a man, g. [ azv^adi ] (9) n. something begun L. (10) original subject, present case MW. (11) [ -tA ] ([ prakRt'a- ]), f. the being begun or in process of execution ŚBr. (12) [ -tva ] n. the being the subject of discussion Śaṃk (13) the being offended Jātakam (14) [ °t^artha ] mfn. having the original sense (15) real, true Kathās (16) [ °t^okta ] mfn. being spoken of as the original subject of discussion Sāh
===> prakṛti [ prakRti ]3[ pra-kRti ] f. See next p.
===> [ prakRti ]2[ pra-kRti ] f. ` making or placing before or at first ', the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to [ vi-kRti ], q. v.) Prāt. Nir. Jaim. MBh. (1) cause original source Mn. MBh. Śak. &c. (2) origin, extraction Mṛcch (3) nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c. (ibc. and [ °tyA ] ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly Prāt. ŚrS. Mn. &c.) (4) fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp. in ritual) ŚrS. (5) (in the Sāṃkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Guṇas called [ sattva ], [ rajas ] and [ tamas ]), Nature (distinguished from [ puruSa ], Spirit as Māyā is distinguished from Brahman in the Vedântas) (6) pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. [ a-vyakta ], [ buddhi ] or [ mahat ], [ ahaM-kAra ], and the 5 [ tan-mAtras ] or subtle elements (7) rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c. (8) (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the Śakti or personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshmī, Durgā &c. (9) also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL. 223 (10) (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv. (11) (in polit.) pl. a king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c. (12) the subjects of a king, citizens, artisans &c. ib. (13) the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294 ; 295) (14) the various sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the [ madhyama ], [ vijigISu ], [ udAsIna ] and [ zatru ] (15) to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the [ mitra ], [ arimitra ], [ mitra-mitra ], [ arimitra-mitra ], [ pArSNi-graha ], [ Akranda ], [ pArSNigrAh^asAra ], [ Akrand^asAsa ] (16) each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakṛtis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army, so that the total number of Prakṛtis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155 ; 157 Kull (17) (in gram.) the crude or elementary form of a word, base, root, an uninflected word Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop (18) N. of 2 classes of metres Col. (19) (in arithm.) a co-efficient multiplier ib. (20) (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W. (21) (with [ tritIyA ]) the third nature, a eunuch MBh. (22) matter, affair Lalit. (23) the male or female organ of generation L. (24) a woman or womankind L. (25) a mother L. (26) an animal L. (27) N. of a woman Buddh. (28) N. of wk.
===> prakṛti-laya [ prakRtilaya ]3[ pra-kRti-laya ] m. absorption into Prakṛti, the dissolution of the universe Sāṃkhyak (1) N. of a class of Yogins Yogas
===> prakṛti-puruṣa [ prakRtipuruSa ]3[ pra-kRti-puruSa ] m. a minister, servant Megh (1) a standard or model of a man Siṉhâs (2) (du.) nature and spirit L.
===> prakṛti-siddha [ prakRtisiddha ]3[ pra-kRti-siddha ] mfn. effected by nature, natural (1) n. true or real nature Bhartṛ
===> prakṛti-stha [ prakRtistha ]3[ pra-kRti-stha ] mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered, unimpaired, normal, well, healthy Yājñ. Kāv. Var. Suśr. (also [ -sthita ] Var.) (1) inherent, innate, incidental to nature Ragh (2) bare, stripped of everything MW. (3) [ -darzana ] mfn. one who has recovered the faculty of sight Śak. (Pi.) iii, 36/37
===> prakṛtitva [ prakRtitva ]3[ pra-kRti-tva ] n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything Kap. Śulbas
===> prakṛṣṭa [ prakRSTa ]3[ pra-kRSTa ] mfn. drawn forth, protracted, long (in space and time) MBh. R. (1) superior, distinguished, eminent Mn. MBh. &c. ([ -tara ] mfn. Pañcat (2) [ -tama ] mfn. Daś.) (3) violent, strong Ratnâv (4) distracted, harassed, disquieted. MW. (5) [ -kez^akhya ] m. coral (lit. having the name ` beautiful hair ' (6) cf. [ pra-vAla ]) Kāvyâd (7) [ -tA ] f. (MW.), [ -tva ] n. (Hit.) transcendent excellence, pre-eminence, superiority
===> prakṣepa [ prakSepa ]3[ pra-kSepa ] m. throwing, casting, projecting (1) throwing into or upon, scattering upon Mn. Kull. BhP. (2) putting, placing ([ pAda-p° ] pl. steps Kād.) (3) adding to, increasing (e. g. a dose) Car. (4) anything added or thrown into drugs while in course of decoction, an ingredient L. (5) insertion, interpolation TBr. Sch. ĀpŚr. Sch. Śaṃk (6) (also [ °paka ] m.) the sum deposited by each member of a commercial company Līl (7) the box of a carriage BhP. (8) [ -lipi ] f. a partic. style of handwriting Lalit.
===> prakṣeptavya [ prakSeptavya ]3[ pra-kSeptavya ] mfn. to be thrown into or upon (loc.), to be scattered upon Yājñ. Hariv. Hcat. Kathās
===> prakṣipta [ prakSipta ]3[ pra-kSipta ] mfn. thrown or cast at, hurled, flung (1) thrown forth, projected Hit. (2) inserted, interpolated Pāṇ. 6-3, 83 Sch. (3) [ -vat ] mfn. one who has thrown at, one who has thrown W.
===> prakṣveḍana [ prakSveDana ]1[ pra-kSveDana ] (Pañc.) or [ °DanA ] f. [ °dana ] m. [ °danA ] f. (L. (1) √ [ kSviD ], or [ kSvid ]) an iron arrow (as humming or whizzing) (2) calling aloud, clamour W.
===> prakṣveḍita [ prakSveDita ]3[ pra-kSveDita ] (or [ °dita ]), mfn. clamorous, shouting, noisy MBh. R. (1) unctuous W. (2) n. shout, hum R. (3) [ -vat ] mfn. noisy (4) unctuous W.
===> prakṣālana [ prakSAlana ]3[ pra-kSAlana ] mfn. performing frequent ablutions, one who performs frequent ablutions R. (1) n. washing, washes off, cleaning, cleansing, purifying, KātyŚr. Pur. Mn. MBh. &c. (2) bathing MW. (3) a means of cleaning, anything used for purifying, water for washing KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Yājñ. Suśr. (4) [ °n^arthAya ] ind. for the sake of washing MW.
===> prakṣālita [ prakSAlita ]3[ pra-kSAlita ] mfn. washed, cleansed (1) expiated ib. (2) [ -pANi ] mfn. having one's hands washed MānGṛ. (3) [ -pAda ] mfn. having one's feet washed Pāṇ. 6-2, 110 Sch. 1
===> pralamba [ pralamba ]2[ pralamba ] mf ([ A ]) n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KātyŚr. Sch. MBh. Hariv. R. (1) bending the upper part of the body forward MBh. (2) prominent MW. (3) slow, dilatory W. [ 689,3 ] (4) m. hanging on or from, depending L. (5) a branch L. (6) a shoot of the vine-palm L. (7) a cucumber Bhpr. (8) a garland of flowers worn round the neck W. (9) a kind of necklace of pearls L. (10) the female breast L. (11) tin (?) W. (12) N. of a Daitya slain by Balarāma or Kṛshṇa MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (13) of a mountain R. (14) ([ A ] f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh.) (15) [ -keza ] mfn. one whose hair hangs down VP. (16) [ -ghna ] m. ` slayer of Pralamba ', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛshṇa L. (17) [ -tA ] f. the hanging down, being pendulous Kād (18) [ -nAsika ] mfn. one who has a prominent nose A. (19) [ -bAhu ] mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. ([ -tA ] f. one of the 32 signs of perfection Dharmas. 83) (20) m. N. of a man Kathās (21) [ -bhid ] m. ` crusher of Pralamba ', N. of Bala-rāma L. (22) [ -bhuja ] mfn. one whose arms hang down L. (23) m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās (24) [ -mathana ] (Hariv.), [ -han ] (MBh.), [ -hantR ] (L.), m. ` slayer of Pralamba ', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛshṇa (25) [ °b^aNDa ] m. a man with pendent testicles Vet (26) [ °b^ojjvala-cAru-ghoNa ] mfn. having a prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh. (27) [ °b^odara ] m. ` having a pendent belly ', N. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ (28) of a fabulous mountain ib.
===> pralambita [ pralambita ]3[ pralambita ] mfn. hanging down, pendulous Kathās (1) ([ alaM-kAra-p° ] for [ pralambit^alaM-k° ], having pendent ornaments Lalit.)
===> pralaya [ pralaya ]1[ pra-laya ] &c. See under [ pra-√ lI ]
===> [ pralaya ]2[ pra-laya ] m. dissolution, reabsorption, destruction, annihilation (1) death (2) (esp.) the destruction of the whole world, at the end of a Kalpa (s. v.) ṢaḍvBr. ChUp. Śaṃk. MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) setting (of the stars) Subh (4) end ([ saMjAta-nidrA-p° ] mfn. having done sleeping Pañcat.) (5) cause of dissolution Bhag. Bṛh (6) fainting, loss of sense or consciousness Pratāp. Sāh. Suśr. (7) sleepiness Gal. (8) N. of the syllable [ om ], AtharvaśUp. (9) [ -kAla ] m. the time of universal dissolution MW. (10) [ -kevala ] mfn. = [ °lay^akala ] (q. v.) Sarvad (11) [ -ghana ] m. the cloud which causes the destruction of the world Hit. (12) [ -M-kara ] mf ([ I ]) n. causing destruction or ruin Up. Kāv (13) [ -jaladhara-dhvAna ] m. the rumbling or muttering of clouds at the dissolution of the world MW. (14) [ -tA ] f. dissolution ([ -tAM-√ gam ], to perish, be annihilated) Hariv. (15) [ -tva ] n. id. ([ -tvAya-√ klRp ] = [ -tAM-√ gam ]) MBh. BhP. (16) [ -dahana ] m. the fire causing the destruction of the world, Ratnâv. Amar. [ 690,1 ] (17) [ -sthiti-sarga ] m. pl. destruction, preservation and creation (of the world). Kum (18) [ °lay^akala ] mfn. (an individual soul) to which [ mala ] and [ karman ] still adhere (with Śaivas) Sarvad (19) [ °lay^anta-ga ] mfn. perishing only at the destruction of the world (the sun) MārkP. (20) [ °lay^odaya ] m. du. dissolution and creation Bhag. Suśr. Kathās
===> pralepaka [ pralepaka ]3[ pra-lepaka ] mfn. anointing, smearing, plastering W. (1) m. a plasterer, an anointer W. (2) a partic. marine substance, lime made of calcined shells (?) L. (3) a hectic or slow fever Suśr. Bhpr. (4) ([ ikA ]) . f. g. [ mahiSy-Adi ]
===> pralupta [ pralupta ]3[ pra-lupta ] mfn. robbed Uttarar. Rājat (1) having lost (with abl.) MārkP.
===> pralāpa [ pralApa ]3[ pra-lAp'a ] m. talk, discourse, prattling, chattering AV. &c. &c. (1) (also n.) lamentation ([ Arta-p° ], lamentation of one in pain) MBh. R. Pañcat. &c. (2) incoherent or delirious speech, raving Cat. (3) [ -vat ] mfn. one who speaks confusedly or incoherently Suśr. (4) [ -han ] m. a kind of medic. preparation L. (5) [ °p^aika-maya ] mf ([ I ]) n. ` consisting only of lamentation ', doing nothing but lament MW.
===> [ pralApa ]1[ pra-lApa ] &c. See under [ pra-√ lap ]
===> pralāpin [ pralApin ]3[ pra-lApin ] mfn. (generally ifc. (1) [ °pi-tva ] n.) chattering, talking much or unmeaningly, talking, speaking MBh. R. Yājñ. &c. (2) lamenting, wailing R. (3) (fever) attended with delirium Bhpr. (4) [ °pi-tA ] f. amorous conversation or prattle Pratāp
===> pralīna [ pralIna ]2[ pralIna ] mfn. dissolved, reabsorbed into (loc.), disappeared, lost, died MBh. R. Suśr. &c. (1) slacked, tired, wearied AitBr. (2) unconscious, insensible W. (3) flown away MBh. (v. l. [ pra-DIna ])
===> pramada [ pramada ]2[ pra-mada ] m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Kathās (1) mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also [ °daka ] Nir.) (2) mad, intoxicated L. (3) m. the thorn-apple L. (4) the ankle L. (5) N. of a Dānava Hariv. (6) of a son of Vasishṭha and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP. (7) ([ A ] f. See below) (8) [ -kaNTha ] m. N. of a man Rājat (9) [ -kAnana ] n. = °dA-k° L. (10) [ -ropya ] n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pañcat (11) [ -vana ] n. = °dA-v° Kālid
===> pramadā [ pramadA ]3[ pra-madA ] f. (of [ °da ]) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c. (1) the sign of the zodiac Virgo L. (2) N. of 2 kinds of metre Col. (3) [ -kAnana ] n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L. (4) [ -jana ] m. womankind, the female sex R. Var (5) [ -nana ] ([ °d^an° ]), n. a kind of metre Col. (6) [ -vana ] n. = [ -kAnana ] R. (7) ([ °na-pAlikA ] f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Mālav.) (8) [ -spada ] ([ °d^asp° ]), n. the gynaeceum of a prince Kathās
===> pramardaka [ pramardaka ]3[ pra-mardaka ] mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying Lalit. [ 687,2 ] (1) m. N. of a demon ib.
===> pramardana [ pramardana ]3[ pra-mardana ] mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying MBh. R. Hariv. (1) expelling Suśr. (2) m. N. of Viṣṇu MBh. (3) of an attendant of Śiva L. (4) of a demon causing disease Hariv. (5) of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās (6) of a general-officer of Śambara Hariv. (7) n. crushing, destroying ib.
===> pramathana [ pramathana ]3[ pra-mathana ] mf ([ I ]) n. harassing, tormenting, hurting, injuring MBh. Hariv. R. (1) destroying Subh (2) m. N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R. (3) N. of a Dānava Kathās (4) hurting, destroying, killing R. (5) agitating, churning W.
===> pramatta [ pramatta ]2[ pra-matta ] mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat (1) drunken, intoxicated Śak (2) mad, insane W. (3) inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (4) indulging in (loc.) MBh. R. (5) blundering, a blunderer W. (6) [ -gIta ] mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person Pat. (7) [ -citta ] mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kām (8) [ -tA ] f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity ([ a-pram° ]) Rājat (9) [ -rajju ] f. (?) Kauś (10) 1. [ -vat ] mfn. inattentive, careless ([ a-pram° ]) MBh. (11) 2. [ -vat ] ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW. (12) [ -zramaNa ] n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat.
===> prameha [ prameha ]3[ pra-meha ] m. urinary disease (N. applied to all urinary disease, of which there are 21 varieties including diabetes, gleet, gonorrhoea &c.) Suśr. Var. &c.
===> [ prameha ]1[ pra-meha ] &c. See under [ pra-√ mih ]
===> prameya [ prameya ]3[ pra-meya ] mfn. to be measured, measurable (also = limited, small, insignificant Naish.), to be ascertained or proved, provable MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) that of which a correct notion should be formed Vedântas (2) n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) an object of certain knowledge, the thing to be proved or the topic to be discussed Kap. Sch. Vedântas. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63) (3) [ -kamala-mArtaNDa ] m. [ -TIkA ] f. [ -tattvabodha ] m. N. of wks. (4) [ -tva ] n. provableness, demons-rability Tarkas (5) [ -dIpikA ] f. [ -nava-mAlikA ] f. [ -pariccheda ] m. [ -mAlA ] f. [ -mukt^avalI ] f. [ -ratn^avalI ] f. [ -saMgraha ] m. [ -saMgraha-vivaraNa ] n. [ -sAra ] m. [ -sAra-saMgraha ] m. N. of wks. [ 686,2 ]
===> [ prameya ]1[ pra-meya ] See p. 686, col. 1
===> pramocana [ pramocana ]3[ pra-mocana ] mf ([ I ]) n. liberating from (comp.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP. (1) ([ I ]), f. a species of cucumber L. (2) n. setting free, the act of liberating from (comp.) Kathās. Kull (3) discharging, emitting, shedding MBh. (Cf. [ unmocana-pramocan'a ].)
===> pramoda [ pramoda ]2[ pra-mod'a ] m. (also pl. (1) ifc. f. [ A ]) excessive joy, delight, gladness VS. Up. MBh. &c. (2) (also n.) one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. (3) (with Jainas) joy as exhibited in the virtuous HYog. (4) Pleasure personified Hariv. (as a child of Brahmā VP.) (5) the 4th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS. viii, 29
---> a strong perfume BhP. (6) a kind of rice Gal. (7) N. of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh. (8) of a Nāga ib. (9) of an author Cat. (10) of sev. men VP. Rājat (11) [ -cArin ] w. r. for [ pramAda-c° ], q. v. (12) [ -tIrtha ] n. N. of a Tīrtha W. (13) [ -nRtya ] n. joyous dancing, a joyful dance MW. (14) [ °mod^aDhyA ] f. a partic. plant, = [ aja-modA ] Gal.
===> [ pramoda ]1[ pra-moda ] &c. See [ pra-√ mud ]
===> pramodita [ pramodita ]3[ pra-modita ] mfn. delighted, rejoiced MW. (1) m. N. of Kubera L. (2) ([ A ]), f. N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas
===> pramokṣa [ pramokSa ]1[ pra-mokSa ] m. (√ [ mokS ]) letting fall, dropping, losing R. (1) discharging, dismissing, liberation, liberation from (comp.) (2) final deliverance MBh. R.
===> pramudita [ pramudita ]3[ pra-mudita ] mfn. delighted, pleased, glad VS. MBh. R. &c. (1) gladsome (said of the autumn) MBh. (2) w. r. for [ pracudita ] (which m. c. for [ pra-codita ]) MBh. (3) ([ A ]), f. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 10 Bhūmis Dharmas. 64 (4) n. gladness, gaiety Var. Kathās (5) N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Sāṃkhyak. Sch. (6) [ -pralamba-sunayana ] m. N. of a Gandharva prince L. (7) [ -vat ] mfn. pleased Kathās (8) [ -vadanA ] f. N. of a metre Col. (9) [ -hRdaya ] mfn. delighted in heart Gīt.
===> pramukha [ pramukha ]1[ pra-mukha ] mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R. (1) first, foremost, chief, principal, most excellent Hit. (2) (generally ifc. (3) f. [ A ]) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied by or with [ cf. [ prIti-p° ] (4) [ vasiSThap° ] ] MBh. Kāv (5) honourable, respectable L. (6) m. a chief, respectable man, sage W. (7) a heap, multitude L. (8) Rottleria Tinctoria L. (9) n. the mouth MW. (10) commencement (of a chapter) BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk (11) time being, the present, the same time Pratāp (12) (ibc. or [ e ] ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv (13) (with √ [ kR ]) to cause to go before or precede R.
===> pramukta [ pramukta ]2[ pra-mukta ] mfn. loosened, untied, released, liberated from (abl. or instr.) MBh. R. (1) free from (abl.) L. (2) forsaken, abandoned R. (3) given up, renounced ib. (4) discharged, thrown out, shed Var. Kāraṇḍ (5) hurled, shot R.
===> pramuṣita [ pramuSita ]3[ pra-muSita ] mfn. stolen or taken away (also [ °muSTa ]) BhP. (1) distracted, beside one's self ib. Kathās (2) ([ A ]), f. a kind of riddle Cat.
===> pramāda [ pramAda ]2[ pra-m'Ada ] m. intoxication RV. MBh. (1) madness, insanity L. (2) negligence, carelessness about (abl. or comp.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c. (3) an error, mistake W. (4) a partic. high number L. (5) [ -cArin ] mfn. acting in a careless manner Kāraṇḍ
---> [ -pATha ] m. a wrong reading Śaṃk (6) [ -vat ] mfn. = [ °mAdin ] L.
===> [ pramAda ]1[ pra-m'Ada ] &c. See [ pra-√ mad ]
===> pramādin [ pramAdin ]3[ pra-mAdin ] mfn. negligent, careless, incautious, indifferent MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) drunken, intoxicated W. (2) insane ib. (3) ([ °di-tA ] f. Jātakam.) (4) n. N. of the 47th (21st) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter L. (cf. [ pra-nAthin ])
===> pramāṇa [ pramANa ]2[ pramANa ] n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) measure, scale, standard (1) measure of any kind (as size, extent, circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KātyŚr. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c. (instr. ` on an average ' Jyot.) (2) prosodical length (of a vowel) Pāṇ. 1-1, 50 Sch. (3) measure in music MBh. (Nīlak.) (4) accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Saṃgīt (5) measure of physical strength Śak. (cf. comp. below) (6) the first term in a rule of three sum Col. (7) the measure of a square i. e. a side of it, Śulbas (8) principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col. (9) right measure, standard, authority GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. ([ pramANam bhavatI ], ` your ladyship is the authority or must judge ' Nal (10) in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl., e. g. [ vedAH pramANAH ], ` the Vedas are authorities ' MBh.
---> [ strI pramANI yeSAm ], ` they whose authority is a woman Pāṇ. Sch.) (11) a means of acquiring Pramā or certain knowledge (6 in the Ved^anta, viz. [ pratyakSa ], perception by the senses (12) [ anumAna ], inference (13) [ upamAna ], analogy or comparison (14) [ zabda ] or [ Apta-vacana ], verbal authority, revelation (15) [ an-upalabdhi ] or [ abhAva-pratyakSa ], non-perception or negative proof (16) [ arth^apatti ], inference from circumstances (17) the Nyāya admits only 4, excluding the last two (18) the Sāṃkhya only 3, viz. [ pratyakSa ], [ anumAna ] and [ zabda ] (19) other schools increase the number to 9 by adding [ sambhava ], equivalence (20) [ aitihya ], tradition or fallible testimony (21) and [ ceSTA ], gesture IW. 60 &c. &c.) (22) any proof or testimony or evidence Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c. (23) a correct notion, right perception (= [ pramA ]) Tarkas (24) oneness, unity L. (25) = [ nitya ] L. (26) m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on the bank of the Ganges MBh. (27) ([ I ]), f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col.
===> pramāṇaka [ pramANaka ]2[ pramANaka ] (ifc.) = [ pramANa ], measure, quantity, extent MBh. (1) argument, proof. Kull (2) ([ ikA ]), f. a kind of metre Chandom
===> pramāṇatva [ pramANatva ]3[ pramANa-tva ] n. authority, warranty MBh. (the latter also ` correctness ' Nīlak.)
===> pramāṇī-kṛta [ pramANIkRta ]3[ pramANI-kRta ] mfn. meted out for or apportioned to (gen.) (1) regarded as authority, conformed to Kālid. Kathās. Rājat (2) regarded as evidence R.
===> pranaṣṭa [ pranaSTa ]2[ pra-naSTa ] mfn. (wrongly written [ pra-NaSTa ] Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.) lost, disappeared, vanished, ceased, gone, perished, destroyed, annihilated Mn. MBh. &c.
===> [ pranaSTa ]1[ pra-naSTa ] See [ pra-Naz ], p. 659
===> prapanna [ prapanna ]2[ pra-panna ] mfn. arrived at, come to ([ zaraNam ], for protection), got into (any condition) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) (with [ pAdau ]) fallen at a person's feet R. (2) suppliant (cf. comp.) (3) approached, appeared, happened, occurred R. (4) acknowledged (as a claim) Yājñ. (5) provided with (instr.) Śak. 1, 1 (6) effecting, producing W. (7) poor, distressed ib. (8) [ -gati-dIpikA ] f. [ -dina-caryA ] f. [ -duST^ariSTa-zAnti ] f. [ -pArijAta ] m. N. of wks. (9) [ -pAla ] m. ` protector of suppliants ', N. of Kṛshṇa MBh. (10) [ -mAlikA ] f. [ -lakSaNa ] n. N. of wks. (11) [ °nn^amRta ] n. ` nectar for suppliants ', N. of a legendary biography of Rām^anuja (cf. RTL. 119 &c.) (12) [ °nn^arti-hara ] mf ([ I ]) n. relieving the distress of suppliants MW.
===> [ prapanna ]1[ pra-panna ] &c. See col. 1
===> prapatana [ prapatana ]3[ pra-patana ] n. flying forth or away MBh. (cf. [ haMsa- ]) (1) flying or falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c. (2) a steep rock, precipice L. (3) death, destruction W.
===> prapatita [ prapatita ]3[ pra-patita ] mfn. flown away or along, fallen, come down, fallen or got into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> prapatti [ prapatti ]2[ pra-patti ] f. pious resignation or devotion, Śāṇd (1) [ -parizilana ] n. [ °tty-up^adhitva-niSedha ] m. N. of wks.
===> prapitāmaha [ prapitAmaha ]1[ pr'a-pitAmaha ] m. a paternal great-grandfather VS. TS. (1) ([ °mah'a ]) AV. &c. &c. (2) N. of Kṛshṇa and Brahmā MBh. (3) ([ I ]), f. a paternal great-grandmother ib. (4) m. pl. great-grandfathers, ancestors R. Kathās
===> prapā [ prapA ]1[ pra-pA ] √ 1. P. [ -p'ibati ], (ind. p. [ -pAya ] Pāṇ. 6-4, 69), to begin to drink, drink RV. &c. &c. (1) to imbibe ([ cakSuSA ], with the eye i. e. feast the eyes upon) MBh.
===> [ prapA ]2[ pra-p'A ] f. a place for supplying water, a place for watering cattle or a shed on the road-side containing a reservoir of water for travellers, fountain, cistern, well AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 58 Vārtt. 4 Pat.) (1) a supply of water, affluent (of a tank &c.) L. (2) [ -pAlikA ] or [ °lI ] f. a woman who distributes water to travellers Vcar. (3) [ -pUraNa ] n. filling a cistern with water (4) [ °NIya ] mfn. serving to fill a cistern with with Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat. (5) [ -maNDapa ] m. a shed with water for travellers Vcar. (6) [ -vana ] n. ` fountaingrove ', a cool grove L.
===> [ prapA ]1[ pra-pA ] √ 3. P. [ -pAti ], to protect, defend from (abl.) BhP.
===> prapātana [ prapAtana ]3[ pra-pAtana ] n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, throwing down R. (1) throwing, casting ([ akSa-p° ], ` casting-dice ') Hariv.
===> prapūraṇa [ prapUraNa ]3[ pra-pUraNa ] mf ([ I ]) n. filling up (oil, and) increasing (love) Cat. (1) the act of filling up, filling, putting in, inserting, injecting (with loc. or comp.) Suśr. (2) satiating, satisfying Cat. (3) bending (of a bow) R. (4) adorning, embellishing (of Indra's banner) Var
===> praroha [ praroha ]3[ pra-roha ] m. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth (lit. and fig (1) cf. [ dRDhap° ]) Kum. Kull. &c. (2) a bud, shoot, sprout, sprig Hariv. Kāv. Suśr. &c. (3) an excrescence Suśr. (4) a new leaf or branch MW. (5) (fig.) a shoot = ray (of light (6) See [ prabhA-p° ]) Kum. Ragh. BhP. (7) [ -vat ] mfn. possessing vegetation, covered with vegetation Suśr.
===> prarohaṇa [ prarohaNa ]3[ pra-rohaNa ] n. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth, growth (lit. and fig.) MBh. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Siṉhâs (1) a bud, shoot, sprig MBh. Hariv.
===> prarudita [ prarudita ]3[ pra-rudita ] mfn. one who has begun to weep, weeping MBh. R. Vikr. Kathās
===> prarūḍha [ prarUDha ]3[ pra-rUDha ] mfn. grown up, full-grown R. Kāv. Var (1) (ifc.) overgrown with Hariv. (2) filled up, healed up R. (3) grown, widely spread, become great or strong Sāh. BhP. Kathās. &c. (4) old L. (5) growing or proceeding from a root, rooted, fastened L. [ 689,2 ] (6) arisen or proceeded from (comp.) Hariv. R. Śak. BhP. (7) [ -kakSa ] mfn. a place where shrubs have grown ĀpŚr. (8) [ -keza ] mfn. one whose hair has grown long, having long having Pañcat (9) [ -mUla ] mfn. having roots gone deep A. (10) [ -zAli ] m. full-grown rice MW.
===> prasaha [ prasaha ]3[ pra-saha ] mfn. (ifc.) enduring withstanding Kām (1) m. endurance, resistance (See [ duS-pr° ]) (2) a beast or bird of prey Car. Suśr. (3) ([ A ]), f. Solanum Indicum L.
===> prasahya [ prasahya ]3[ pra-sahya ] mfn. to be conquered or resisted &c. (1) capable of being conquered or resisted (inf. with pass. sense) MBh. 2
===> [ prasahya ]3[ pra-sahya ] ind. having conquered or won Mālav. i, 2 (1) using force, forcibly, violently Mn. Gaut. &c. (2) exceedingly, very much MBh. R. Mṛcch (3) at once, without more ado Kathās (4) necessarily, absolutely, by all means (with [ na ], ` by no means ') Mn. (5) Var BhP. Kathās (6) [ -kArin ] mfn. acting with violence MārkP. (7) [ -caura ] m. ` violent thief ', a robber, plunderer L. (8) [ -haraNa ] n. forcible abduction, robbing, plundering MBh. (9) [ °hy^aDhA ] f. married by force ib.
===> prasakta [ prasakta ]1[ pra-sakta ] [ °ti ], See under [ pra- ] √ [ saJj ]
===> [ prasakta ]2[ pra-sakta ] mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (1) clinging to the world, mundane BhP. (2) being in love, enamoured MBh. Kāv (3) (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v. l. [ pra-yukta ]) (4) resulting, following, applicable Kāś. Kathās. Sarvad (5) continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) used, employed W. (7) got, obtained ib. (8) opened, expanded ib. (9) contiguous, near A. (10) ([ °sakt'a ]), for [ °satt'a ] AV. (11) ibc. and ([ am ]), ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever Kāv (12) [ -dhI ] or [ -hRdaya ] mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.) Var (13) [ °t^azrumukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. having the face wet with tears R.
===> prasanna [ prasanna ]3[ pra-sanna ] mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) distinct, perspicuous MBh. Kām (2) true, right, plain, correct, just Mālav. Mālatīm (3) placid, tranquil R. Var. Āp. (4) soothed, pleased (5) gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc., gen., or acc. aod [ prati ]), favourable (as stars &c.) (6) gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (7) m. N. of a prince Hemac (8) ([ A ]), f. propitiating, pleasing W. (9) spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat. (10) [ -kalpa ] mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pañcat (11) [ -gAtr-tA ]. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84 (12) [ -caNDikA ] f. N. of a drama (13) [ -candra ] m. N. of a prince HPariś (14) [ -jala ] mfn. containing clear water R. (15) [ -tarka ] mfn. conjecturing right Mālav (16) [ -tA ] f. brightness, clearness, purity Suśr. (17) clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat. (18) complacence, good humour Kāv. Rājat. VP. (19) [ -tva ] n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh (20) [ -pAda ] m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti (21) [ -pr^aya ] mfn. rather plain or correct, Mālatīm (22) [ -mukha ] mfn. ` placid-countenanced ', looking pleased, smiling W. (23) [ -rasa ] mfn. clear-juiced Kpr. (24) [ -rAghava ] n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva (25) [ -veGkaT^ezva-mAhAmya ] n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishy^ottara-Purāṇa (26) [ -salila ] mfn. [ -jala ] MBh. (27) [ °sann^atman ] mfn. gracious-minded, propitious MaitrUp. (28) [ °sann^erA ] f. spirituous liquor made of rice L.
===> [ prasanna ]1[ pra-sanna ] &c. See p. 696, col. 3
===> prasara [ prasara ]1[ pra-sara ] [ pra-saraNa ], See [ pra- ] √ [ sR ]
===> [ prasara ]2[ pra-sara ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) going forwards, advance, progress, free course, coming forth, rising, appearing, spreading, extension, diffusion Kālid. Kād. Śaṃk. &c. (1) range (of the eye) Amar. (2) prevalence, influence Śak (3) boldness, courage Mṛcch (4) a stream, torrent, flood Gīt. BhP. (5) (in med.) morbid displacement of the humours of the body Suśr. (6) multitude, great quantity Śiś. (7) a fight, war L. (8) an iron arrow L. (9) speed L. (10) affectionate solicitation L. (11) ([ A ]), f. Paederia Foetida L. (12) n. (in music) a kind of dance Saṃgīt (13) [ -yuta ] mfn. possessing extension, extensive (as a forest) R.
===> prasaraṇa [ prasaraNa ]3[ pra-saraNa ] n. going forth, running away, escaping Mṛcch (1) (in med.) = [ °sara ] Suśr. (2) holding good, prevailing TPrāt. Sch. (3) complaisance, amiability BhP. (4) spreading over the country to forage L. (5) = next L.
===> prasarpaṇa [ prasarpaNa ]3[ pra-s'arpaNa ] n. going forwards, entering (loc.) MBh. (1) = [ °sarpa ] ĀśvŚr. (2) a place of refuge, shelter RV.
===> prasava [ prasava ]1[ pra-sava ]1. 2. 3 See [ pra- ] √ 3. [ su ] and [ pra- ] √ 1. 2. [ su ]
===> [ prasava ]2[ pra-sav'a ]1 m. (for 2. and 3. See p. 698, col. 1) the pressing out (Soma juice) RV. ŚrS.
===> [ prasava ]2[ pr'a-sava ]2 m. (for 1. [ pra- ] √ 3. [ su ]) setting or being set in motion, impulse, course, rush, flight RV. AitBr. (1) stimulation, furtherance, aid RV. AV. Br. &c. (2) pursuit, acquisition VS. (3) = next TBr. 1
===> [ prasava ]2[ pra-sav'a ]3 m. (ifc. f. [ A ] (1) for 1. 2. See above) begetting, procreation, generation, conception, parturition, delivery, birth, origin VS. &c. &c. (2) augmentation, increase MBh. (3) birthplace ib. Śaṃk (4) offspring, posterity Mn. MBh. &c. ([ kisalaya-pr° ], ` a young shoot ' Ragh.) (5) a flower MBh. Kāv. Suśr. (also n. R.) (6) fruit L. (7) [ -karmakRt ] m. one who performs the act of begetting, begetter MBh. (8) [ -kAla ] m. the time of delivery or bringing forth Var (9) [ -gRha ] n. a lying-in chamber MW. (10) [ -dharmin ] mfn. characterized by production, productive, prolific ib. (11) [ -bandhana ] n. the footstalk of a leaf or flower L. (12) [ -mAsa ] m. the last month of pregnancy MW. (13) [ -vikAra ] m. a prodigy happening at the birth of a child Var (14) [ -vedanA ] f. the pangs of childbirth, throes of labour Pañcat (15) [ -samaya ] m. = [ -kAla ] Var (16) [ -sthali ] f. ` birthplace ', a mother Mahān (17) [ -sthAna ] n. a receptacle for young. a nest MW. (18) [ °v^otthAna ] n. N. of the 17th Pariś. of the Yajur-veda (19) [ °v^onmukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. expecting child. birth, about to be delivered Ragh
===> prasaṃkhyā [ prasaMkhyA ]1[ pra-saM-khyA ] √ P. [ -khyAti ], to count, enumerate MBh. (1) to add up, calculate ĀśvŚr. MBh.
===> [ prasaMkhyA ]3[ pra-saMkhyA ] f. total number, sum MBh. (1) reflection, consideration, KstyŚr.
===> prasaṅga [ prasaGga ]1[ pra-saGga ] See under [ pra- ] √ [ zaJj ]
===> [ prasaGga ]2[ pra-saGga ] m. adherence, attachment, inclination or devotion to, indulgence in, fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with (loc., gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. ([ ena ] ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly (1) cf. also below) (2) evil inclination or illicit pursuit Mn. ix, 5 (3) union, connection (ifc. ` connected with ', e. g. [ madhu-prasaGga-madhu ], ` honey connected with or coming in the spring season ') Ratnâv. i, 17 [ 696,3 ] (4) (pl.) all that is connected with or results from anything Kām (5) occurrence of a possibility, contingency, case, event ŚrS. Mn. Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. (e. g. [ ecaH pluta-prasaGge ], ` in the event of a diphthong being prolated ') (6) applicability Vajras (7) an occasion, incident, conjuncture, time, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c. (ibc. (8) [ ena ], [ At ] and [ atas ] ind. when the occasion presents itself, occasionally, incidentally (9) [ prasaGge kutr^api ], ` on a certain occasion ' (10) [ amunA prasaGgena ], [ tat-prasaGgena ] or [ etat-prasaGge ], ` on that occasion ') (11) mention of parents (?, = [ guru-kIrtita ]) Sāh (12) (in dram.) a second or subsidiary incident or plot W. (13) N. of a man Kathās (14) (pl.) of a Buddhistic school (15) [ -nivAraNa ] n. the prevention of (similar) eases, obviation of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334 (16) [ -pr^oSita ] mfn. happening to be departed or absent Daś (17) [ -ratn^akara ] m. [ -ratn^avalI ] f. N. of wks. (18) [ -vat ] mfn. occasional, incidental Daś (19) [ -vazAt ] ind. according to the time, as occasion may demand MW. (20) [ -vinivRtti ] f. the non-recurrence of a case Mn. viii, 368 (21) [ -sama ] m. (in Nyāya) the sophism that the proof too must be proved Nyāyas. Sarvad (22) [ °g^anu ]. [ saGgena ] ind. by the way, by the by, Sāṃkhyas. Sch. (23) [ °g^abharaNa ] n. N. of a modern poetical anthology
===> prasena [ prasena ]1[ pra-sena ]1 m. or n. (?), [ °nA ] f. a kind of jugglery VarBṛS. Sch.
===> [ prasena ]1[ pra-sena ]2 m. N. of a prince (son of Nighna or Nimna) Hariv. Pur. (1) of a king of Ujjayini (succeeded by Vikram^arka or Vikram^aditya). Inscr.
===> prasena-jit [ prasenajit ]2[ prasena-jit ] m. N. of sev. princes (esp. of a sovereign of Śrāvastī contemporary with Gautama Buddha MWB. 407) MBh. R. Hariv. Pur. &c.
===> praseva [ praseva ]1[ pra-seva ] m. (√ [ siv ]) a sack or a leather bottle L. (1) the damper on the neck of a lute L.
===> prasiddha [ prasiddha ]3[ pra-siddha ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. ([ a-pras° ]) (1) arranged, adomed (as hair) ib. (2) well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c. (3) ([ A ]), f. (in music) a partic. measure Saṃgīt (4) [ -kSatriya-pr^aya ] mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW. (5) [ -tA ] f. (Nīlak.), [ -tva ] n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety
===> prasiddhi [ prasiddhi ]3[ pra-siddhi ] f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yājñ. Kām. BhP. (1) proof, argument Kathās (2) general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kāv. Kathās (3) [ -mat ] mfn. universally known, famous Kathās (4) [ viruddha-tA ] f. the state of being opposed to general opinion, sāh. (= [ khyAti-v° ]) (5) [ -hata ] mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr.
===> praskandin [ praskandin ]3[ pra-skandin ] mfn. leaping into (comp.). GopBr. (1) attacking, daring, bold Jātakam (2) m. N. of a man L.
===> praskanna [ praskanna ]3[ pra-skanna ] mfn. shed, spilt MBh. R. (1) lost, gone BhP. (2) having attacked or assailed MBh. (3) m. a transgressor, sinner, one who has violated the rules of his caste or order W.
===> praskhalana [ praskhalana ]3[ pra-skhalana ] n. the act of stumbling, reeling. falling BhP. Suśr.
===> praskhalita [ praskhalita ]3[ pra-skhalita ] mfn. staggering, stumbling MBh. (1) one who has failed Kām
===> prasphoṭana [ prasphoTana ]3[ pra-sphoTana ] n. splitting, bursting (intrans.) Var (1) opening. expanding, causing to blow or bloom L. (2) making evident or manifest L. (3) striking, beating L. (4) winnowing corn, a winnowing basket L. (5) wiping away, rubbing out L.
===> prasrava [ prasrava ]2[ pra-srava ] m. (often v. l. [ °snava ]) flowing forth MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) a stream, flow, gush (lit. and fig.) ib. (2) a flow of milk (loc. ` when the milk flows from the udder ') Mn. (esp. v, 130) MBh. &c. (3) (pl.) gushing tears MBh. (4) (pl.) urine ib. (v. l.) (5) (pl.) morbid matter in the body Car. (6) the overflow of boiling rice L. (7) n. a waterfall R. (B.) (8) [ -yukta ] mfn. flowing with milk (breasts) Hariv. [ 700,2 ] (9) [ -saMyukta ] mfn. id. ib. (10) flowing in a stream (as tears) MBh.
===> prasravaṇa [ prasravaNa ]3[ pra-sr'avaNa ] n. (sometimes w. r. [ °zravaNa ]) streaming or gushing forth, trickling, oozing, effusion, discharge. RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. [ A ]) (1) the flowing of milk from the udder Yājñ. MārkP. (2) milk Gal. (3) sweat, perspiration L. (4) voiding urine L. (5) a well or spring Mn. Yājñ. Ṛitus (6) a cascade, cataract L. (7) a spout, the projecting mouth of a vessel (out of which any fluid is poured) RV. (8) (also with [ plAkSa ] n.) N. of a place where the Sarasvatī takes its rise, ŚrS. MBh. Rājat (9) m. N. of a man L. (10) of a range of mountains on the confines of Malaya R. (11) [ -jala ] n. spring-water L.
===> prasru [ prasru ]1[ pra-√ sru ] P. [ -sravati ] (rarely Ā. [ °te ]), to flow forth, flow from (abl.) AV. &c. &c. (1) to flow with, let flow, pour out (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. : Caus. Ā. [ -srAvayate ], to make water ŚBr.
===> prasruta [ prasruta ]2[ pra-sruta ] mfn. flowed forth, oozed out, issued MBh. Hariv. (1) discharging fluid, humid, moist, wet MBh. Kāv. Suśr.
===> prasrāva [ prasrAva ]3[ pra-srAva ] m. flowing, dropping W. (1) urine Car. (w. r. [ °zrAva ]) (2) the overflowing scum of boiling rice L. (3) [ -karaNa ] n. the urethra L.
===> prastara [ prastara ]1[ pra-stara ] &c. See [ pra- ] √ [ stR ]
===> [ prastara ]2[ pra-star'a ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) anything strewed forth or about, a couch of leaves and flowers, (esp.) a sacrificial seat RV. &c. &c. (1) (ifc.) a couch of any material MBh. (2) a flat surface, flat top, level, a plain Mn. MBh. R. (3) a rock, stone Kāv. Hit. (4) a gem, jewel L. (5) a leather bag Mṛcch. Sch. (6) a paragraph, section Cat. (7) a tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre W. (8) musical notation ib. (9) pl. N. of a people R. (v. l. for [ pra-cara ]) (10) [ -ghatan^apakaraNa ] n. an instrument for breaking or splitting stones Hit. (11) [ -bhAjan'a ] n. a substitute for sacrificial grass. ŚBr. (12) [ -sveda ] m. and [ -svedana ] n. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed Car. (13) [ °re-STh'a ] (or [ -STh'A ],), mfn. being on a couch or bed VS.
===> prastava [ prastava ]1[ pra-stava ] &c. See [ pra-√ stu ]
===> [ prastava ]2[ pra-stava ] m. a hymn of praise, chant, song MārkP. (1) a favourable moment (cf. [ a-pr° ]) R.
===> prastha [ prastha ]2[ pra-stha ] mfn. going on a march or journey, going to or abiding in (cf. [ vana-pr° ]) (1) stable, firm, solid W. (2) expanding, spread ib. (3) m. n. table-land on the top of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c. (4) a level expanse, plain (esp. at the end of names of towns and villages (5) cf. [ indra- ], [ oSadhi- ], [ karIra-pr° ] and See Pāṇ. 4-2, 110) (6) a partic. weight and measure of capacity (= 32 Palas or = 1/4 of an Āḍhaka (7) or = 16 Palas= 4 Kuḍavas= 1/4 of an Aḍhaka (8) or = 2 Śarāvas (9) or = 6 Palas (10) or = 1/16 of a Droṇa) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c. (11) m. N. of a monkey R. (12) [ -kusuma ] or [ -puSpa ] m. ` flowering on mountain-tops ', a species of plant, a variety of Tulasi or basil L. (13) [ -m-paca ] mf ([ A ]) n. cooking the amount of a Prastha (said of a cooking utensil capable of containing one Prastha) Pāṇ. 3-2, 33 Sch. (14) [ -vat ] m. a mountain L.
===> prasthita [ prasthita ]2[ pr'a-sthita ] mfn. set forth, prepared, ready (as sacrifice) RV. Br. ŚrS. (1) rising, upright RV. (2) standing forth, prominent AV. (3) appointed, installed R. (4) set out, departed, gone to (acc. with or without [ prati ] dat. or loc.) or for the purpose of (dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (5) ([ -vat ] mfn. = [ pra-tasthe ], ` he has set out ' Kathās.) (6) (ifc.) reaching to, Sak. vii, 4/3 (v. l. [ prati-SThita ]) (7) ([ am ]), impers. a person (instr.) has set out BhP. (8) n. setting out, going away, departure Bhartṛ (9) N. of partic. Soma vessels (See next) (10) [ -yAjyA ] f. a verse pronounced on offering the Prasthita vessels, ŚrS. ([ -homa ] m. the oblation connected with it Vait.)
===> prasthāna [ prasthAna ]2[ pra-sthAna ] n. setting out, departure, procession, march (esp. of an army or assailant) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) walking, moving, journey, advent ib. (2) sending away, dispatching Yājñ. (3) departing this life, dying (cf. [ mahA-pr° ]) (4) religious mendicancy MBh. (5) a way to attain (any object), course, method, system Madhus. KātyŚr. Sch. (6) a sect Sarvad (7) an inferior kind of drama (the character of which are slaves and outcasts) Sāh (8) starting-point, place of origin, source, cause (in [ jJAna-pr° ], N. of wk.) (9) [ -trayabhASya ] n. N. of wk. (10) [ -dundubhi ] m. a drum giving the signal for marching Kād (11) [ -bheda ] m. [ ratn^akara ] m. N. of wks. (12) [ -vat ] ind. as in setting forth, as on a departure Var (13) [ -viklava-gati ] mfn. one whose step falters in walking Śak (14) [ -vighna ] m. an obstacle to proceeding or to sending anything ([ -kRt ] mfn. causing an obstacle &c.) Yājñ. (15) non-attendance at a festival, impeding its taking place W. (16) [ °naka ] n. setting out, departure Nalac (17) [ °n^avalI ] f. N. of wk. (18) [ °nika ] mfn. See [ c'atuS-pr° ] (19) also w. r. for [ prAsthAnika ] (20) [ °nIya ] mfn. belonging or relating to a departure Lāṭy
===> prasthāpana [ prasthApana ]3[ pra-sthApana ] n. (fr. Caus.) causing to depart, sending away, dismissing, dispatching MBh. (also [ A ] f.) Kāv. &c. (with [ dizaH ], ` sending into all quarters of the world ' R.) (1) [ dhvanipr° ] ', giving currency to an expression ' Sāh
===> prastuta [ prastuta ]2[ pr'a-stuta ] mfn. praised TS. Br. (1) proposed, propounded, mentioned, introduced as a topic or subject under discussion, in question MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) commenced, begun R. Mālav. Hit. (3) (with inf., one who has commenced or begun Kathās.) Rājat (4) ready, prepared W. (5) happened ib. (6) made or consisting of ib. (7) approached, proximate ib. (8) done with effort or energy ib. (9) n. beginning, undertaking Mālatīm (10) (in rhet.) the chief subject-matter, that which is the subject of any statement or comparison (= [ upameya ] (11) cf. IW. 109, 457, and [ °t^aGkura ]) (12) [ -tva ] n. the being a topic under discussion Kull (13) [ -yajJa ] mfn. prepared for a sacrifice MW. (14) [ °t^aGkura ] m. a figure of, speech, allusion by the mention of any passing circumstance to something latent in the hearer's mind Kuval
===> prastāva [ prastAva ]2[ pra-stAva ] m. introductory eulogy, the introduction or prelude of a Sāman (sung by the Pra-stotṛ) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp. (1) the prologue of a drama (= [ prasstAvanA ]) Hariv. (2) introducing a topic, preliminary mention, allusion, reference Kāv. Pañcat (3) the occasion or subject of a conversation, topic ib. (4) occasion, opportunity, time, season, turn, convenience ib. Kathās. Hit. ([ e ] or [ eSu ], on a suitable occasion, opportunity (5) [ ena ], incidentally, occasionally, suitably (6) with [ tava ], at your convenience) (7) beginning, commencement Pañcat. Hit. (8) spoit, ease (= [ helA ]) L. (9) N. of a prince (son of Udgītha). BhP. (10) [ -krameNa ] ind. by way of introduction Hit. (11) [ -cintamaNi ] m. [ -taraMgiNI ] f. N. of wks. (12) [ -tas ] ind. on the occasion of ([ kathA-pr° ], in course of conversation) Kathās (13) [ -pAThaka ] m. = [ vaitAlika ], the herald or bard of a king Nalac (14) [ -mukt^avatI ] f. N. of wk. (15) [ -yajJa ] m. a topic of conversation to which each person present offers a contribution (as at a sacrifice) MW. (16) [ -ratn^akara ] m. [ -zloka ] m. pl. N. of wks. (17) [ -sadRza ] mf ([ I ]) n. suited to the occasion, appropriate, seasonable Hit. (18) [ -sUtra ] n. N. of wk. (19) [ °v^anugatarn ] ind. on a suitable occasion Pañcat (20) [ °v^antara-gata ] mfn. occupied with something else, [ jAtakam ]
===> prasupta [ prasupta ]2[ pra-supta ] mfn. fallen into sleep, fast asleep, sleeping, slumbering Mn. MBh. &c. (1) closed (said of flowers) Kālid (2) having slept Hit. (3) asleep i. e. insensible Suśr. (4) quiet, inactive, latent BhP. (5) [ -tA ] f. = next Suśr.
===> prasuta [ prasuta ]3[ pra-suta ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. pressed or pressing continuously TS. ŚBr. ŚrS. (1) m. the Soma so pressed (2) n. continued pressing of Soma ChUp. (3) m. or n. a partic. high number (See [ mahA-pr° ])
===> prasveda [ prasveda ]2[ pra-sveda ] m. great or excessive perspiration, sweat MBh. Vet. Sāh (1) m. an elephant Gal. (2) [ -kaNikA ] f. a drop of sweat Prab (3) [ -jala ] n. sweat-water MārkP. (4) [ -bindu ] m. = [ -kaNikA ], Caur
===> prasvāpana [ prasvApana ]3[ pra-svApana ] mf ([ I ]) n. causing sleep MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ °nI dazA ] f. condition of sleep MārkP.) (1) n. the act of sending to sleep R.
===> prasāda [ prasAda ]2[ pra-sAda ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. [ ambu-p° ]), UP. Kālid. &c. (Nom. P. [ °sAdati ], to be clear or bright. Śatr.) [ 697,1 ] (1) clearness of style, perspicuity Pratāp. Kāvyâd. Sāh (2) brightness (of the face) Ragh (3) calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KaṭhUp. Suśr. Yogas (4) serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Suśr. Ragh. &c. (5) graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, mediation ([ °dAt ] ind. through the kindness or by the favour of (6) [ °daM ] √ [ kR ], to be gracious (7) cf. [ duS-p° ], [ drik-p° ]) Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c. (8) Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrī BhP. (9) clarified liquor, a decoction Car. (10) settlings, a residūm ib. (11) free gift, gratuity Ratnâv (12) a propitiatory offering or gift (of food, = [ pŚ-dravya ], [ prasAd^anna ]) L. (13) the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69 ; 145 &c. (14) approbation W. (15) well-being, welfare W. (16) N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyā-kaumudi (17) [ -cintaka ] w. r. for [ -vittaka ] Bālar (18) [ -dAna ] n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a superior MW. (19) [ -paTTa ] m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var (20) [ -paTTaka ] n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr. (21) [ -parAGmukha ] mf ([ I ]) not caring for any one's favour Amar. (22) withdrawing favour from any one (gen.) Pañcat (23) [ -pAtra ] n. an object of favour Daś (24) [ -puraga ] mfn. inclined to favour, favourably inclined MārkP. (25) [ -pratilabdha ] m. N. of a son of Māra Lalit. (26) [ -bhAj ] mfn. being in favour, Sāmkhyas. Sch. (27) [ -bhUmi ] f. an object of favour, favourite Hcar. (28) [ -mAlA ] f. N. of wk. (29) [ -vat ] mfn. pleased, delighted (30) gracious, favourable L. ([ -vatI-samAdhi ] m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh.) (31) [ -vitta ] mf ([ A ]) n. (Kād. Kathās. Rājat. Bālar.) or [ -vittaka ] mfn. (Kathās.) rich in favour, being in high favour with any one (gen. or comp.) (32) m. and favourite, darling (33) [ -SaT-zlokI ] f. [ -stava ] m. N. of 2 Stotras (34) [ -su-mukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. inclined to favour (others ` having a clear or serene face ') Mālav. Ragh (35) [ -stha ] mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious (36) happy W. (37) [ °sAd^antara ] n. another (mark of) favour MW. (38) [ sAd^anna ] n. See [ °sAda ] above (39) [ °sAdI- ] √ [ kR ], to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen. of person) Pañcat. Kād. Rājat. &c.
===> [ prasAda ]1[ pra-sAda ] &c. See [ pra- ] √ [ sad ]
===> prasādana [ prasAdana ]3[ pra-sAdana ] mf ([ I ]) n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. [ ambu ] - [ p° ], [ toya-p° ] &c.) (1) calming, soothing, cheering R. Suśr. BhP. (2) m. a royal tent L. (3) ([ A ]), f. service, worship L. (4) n. clearing, rendering clear ([ netra-p° ] ` administering soothing remedies to the eyes ') Suśr. (5) calming. soothing, cheering, gratifying (cf. [ zruti-p° ]), rendering gracious, propitiating ([ tvatprasdanAt ] ` for the sake of propitiating thee ') MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) boiled rice L. (7) w. r. for [ pra-sAdhan ] Hariv. Mālav
===> prasādanīya [ prasAdanIya ]3[ pra-sAdanIya ] mfn. cheering. pleasing (ef. [ guru-p° ]) Lalit. (1) to be rendered gracious
===> prasādhana [ prasAdhana ]3[ pra-s'Adhana ] mf ([ I ]) n. accomplishing, effecting RV. (1) m. a comb L. (2) ([ I ]), f. id. ([ keza-pr° ]), Sśr (3) a partic. drug (= [ siddhi ]) L. (4) n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) bringing about, perfecting Nir (5) arranging, preparing. Suśr. (6) embellishment, decoration, toilet and its requisites Mn. MBh. &c. (7) w. r. for [ °sAdana ] (8) [ -vidhi ] m. mode of decoration or embellishment Kathās (9) [ -vizeSa ] m. the highest decoration, most excellent ornament Kālid. [ 697,3 ]
===> prasādhita [ prasAdhita ]3[ pra-sAdhita ] mfn. accomplished, arranged, prepared ([ a-pras° ], [ su-pr° ]) Kathās. Suśr. (1) proved MW. (2) ornamented, decorated W. (3) [ °dhit^aGga ] mf ([ I ]) n. having the limbs ornamented or decorated MW.
===> prasādita [ prasAdita ]3[ pra-sAdita ] mfn. cleared, rendered clear ([ a-pr° ]) Kāvyâd (1) pleased, conciliated &c. MBh. (2) worshipped. W. (3) n. pl. kind words Hariv.
===> prasādya [ prasAdya ]3[ pra-sAdya ] mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sāh. Bālar
===> prasāra [ prasAra ]1[ pra-sAra ] &c. See [ pra- ] √ [ sR ]
===> [ prasAra ]3[ pra-sAra ] m. spreading or stretching out, extension Suśr. Kull (1) a trader's shop Nalac (2) opening (the mouth) Vop (3) raising (dust) Bālar (4) = prec. L.
===> prasāraṇa [ prasAraNa ]3[ pra-sAraNa ] n. (fr. Caus.) stretching or spreading not, extending, diffusing, displaying, developing Br. Bhāshāp. Suśr. (1) augmentation, increase Kām (2) changing a semivowel into a vowel APrāt. Sch. (cf. [ sam-pras° ]) (3) = [ °saraNi ] L. (4) spreading over the country for collecting forage L. (5) ([ I ]), f. = [ °saraNi ] L. (6) Paederia Foetida L.
===> prasārita [ prasArita ]3[ pra-sArita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) held forth, stretched out, expanded, spread, diffused Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) laid out, exhibited, exposed (for sale) R. (2) published, promulgated Var. Śaṃk (3) [ -gAtra ] mfn. with outstretched limbs ([ su-pr° ]) Sāh (4) [ -bhoga ] mfn. (a serpent) with expanded coils Pañcat (5) [ t^agra ] mfn. (fingers) with extended tips Cat. (6) [ °t^aGguli ] mfn. (a hand) with extended fingers L.
===> prasūta [ prasUta ]3[ pra-sUta ] ([ pr'a- ]), mf ([ A ]) n. procreated, begotten, born, produced, sprung (` by ' or ` from ', abl. or gen. (1) ` in ', loc. or comp. (2) cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 39) Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (3) m. pl. (or sg. with [ gaNa ]) N. of a class of gods under Manu Cākskusha Hariv. MārkP. (4) n. a flower L. (5) any productive source MW. (6) (in Sāṃkhya) the primordial essence or matter Tattvas (7) ([ A ]), f. a woman who has brought forth a child, recently delivered (also= finite verb) AV. &c. &c. 2
===> prasūti [ prasUti ]3[ pra-sUti ] f. (for 1. See [ pra- ] √ 1. [ su ]) procreation, generation, bringing forth (children or young), laying (eggs), parturition, birth Mn. iv, 84 ([ -tas ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) coming forth, appearance, growth (of fruit, flowers &c.) Kālid. Prab (2) a production, product (of plants or animals) MBh. (3) a procreator, father or mother Hariv. Var. Ragh (4) a child, offspring, progeny Mn. MBh. and e (5) N. of a daughter of Manu and wife of Daksha Pur. (6) [ -ja ] n. ` birthproduced ', pain (resulting as a necessary consequence of birth) L. (7) [ -vAyu ]. m. air generated in the womb during the pangs of childbirth MW.
===> prasṛta [ prasRta ]2[ pr'a-sRta ] mfn. come forth, issued from (abl. or comp.) ŚvetUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) displaced (as the humours of the body) Suśr. (2) resounding (as tones) Kathās. (n. impers. with instr. ` a sound rose from ' ib.) (3) held or stretched out TBr. Bhartṛ. Kathās (4) wide-spreading MuṇḍUp. Bhag. (5) extending over or to (loc.) Kathās (6) intent upon, devoted to (comp.) R. Vajracch. [ 698,3 ] (7) prevailing, ordinary ŚBr. Kāṭh (8) intense, mighty, strong Uttarar. Daś. Kathās (9) set out, departed, fled Daś. Kathās (10) w. r. for [ pra-zrita ], humble, modest, quiet MBh. R. &c. (11) m. the palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed as if to hold liquids GṛŚrS. (12) (also n. L.) a handful (as a measure = 2 Palas) ŚBr. (also [ -mAtra ] n.) ŚrS. Suśr. (13) pl. N. of a class of deities under the 6th Manu VP. (14) ([ A ]), f. the leg L. (15) n. what has sprung up or sprouted, grass, plants, vegetables MBh. Pañcar. (16) agriculture (prob. w. r. for [ pra-mRta ]) L. (17) [ -ja ] m. N. of a partic. class of sons MBh. (18) [ -mAtra ] n. See above (19) [ °t^agra-pradAyin ] mfn. offering the best of all that has grown MBh. (20) [ °t^agra-bhuj ] mfn. eating the best &c. ib.
===> pratanu [ pratanu ]1[ pra-tanu ] mfn. very thin or fine, delicate, minute, slender, small, insignificant Kāv. Suśr. (also [ -ka ] (1) ind. [ -kam ]) (2) [ °nU-√ kR ], to render thin, emaciate, diminish, weaken MBh. Jātakam
===> pratapana [ pratapana ]3[ pra-tapana ] n. warming, heating KātyŚr. MBh. Suśr. (1) [ °ne-√ kR ], (prob.) to put near the fire, make warm (ind. p. [ -kRtya ], or [ -kRtvA ]), g. [ s^akSAd-Adi ]
===> pratapta [ pratapta ]3[ pra-tapta ] mfn. hot, glowing shining MBh. (1) subjected to great heat, annealed BhavP. (2) pained (esp. by heat), tortured, harassed MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) (prob.) n. annealed gold R.
===> pratata [ pratata ]1[ pra-tata ] See [ pra-√ tan ]
===> [ pratata ]3[ pra-tata ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. spread over, diffused, covered, filled RV. R. Suśr. (1) ([ am ]), ind. continuously, unintermittingly MW.
===> prathama [ prathama ]1[ pratham'a ] mf ([ 'A ]) n. (for [ pra-tama ], superl. of 1. [ pra ] (1) rarely declined as a pron., e. g. [ °m'asyAH ] AV. vi, 18, 1 (2) [ °me ] PañcavBr. xxv, 18, 5 R. iv, 37, 11 Kir. ii, 44 (3) cf. Pāṇ. 1-1, 33) foremost, first (in time or in a series or in rank) (4) earliest, primary, original, prior, former (5) preceding, initial, chief, principal, most excellent RV. &c. &c. (6) often translatable adverbially = ibc. (cf. below) and ([ 'am ]), ind. firstly, at first, for the first time (7) just, newly, at once, forthwith (also [ At ] Hariv.) (8) formerly, previously ([ am ] also as prep. with gen. = before, e. g. Mn. ii, 194 (9) [ prathamam-anantaram ], or [ pazcAt ], first-afterwards (10) [ prathamam-tatas ], firstnext) (11) m. (in gram., scil. [ varNa ]), the first consonant of a Varga, a surd unaspirate letter (12) (scil. [ puruSa ]), the first (= our 3rd) person or its terminations (13) (scil. [ svara ]), the first tone (14) in math. the sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude (15) ([ A ]), f. (in gram.) the first or nominative case and its terminations [ 679,1 ] (16) du. the first two cases and their terminations
===> prathama-puruṣa [ prathamapuruSa ]3[ pratham'a-puruSa ] m. the first (= our 3rd) person in the verb or its terminations L. (See above) (1) N. of an author Cat.
===> prathamatas [ prathamatas ]3[ pratham'a-tas ] ind. first, at first, firstly Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) forthwith, immediately Hariv. (2) before, in preference to (with gen.) Caurap (3) (ifc.) before, sooner than ŚārṅgP.
===> prathana [ prathana ]2[ pr'athana ] n. spreading out, extending, flattening Nir. RPrāt. (1) the place for spreading &c. TBr. (2) unfolding, displaying, showing Rājat (3) throwing, projecting W. (4) celebrating ib. (5) m. Phaseolus Mungo L. (cf. [ pra-ghana ])
===> prathita [ prathita ]2[ prathita ] mfn. spread, extended, increased (1) divulged, displayed, published, known, celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) cast, thrown W. (3) intent upon, engaged in ib. (4) m. N. of Manu Svārocisha Hariv. (5) of Viṣṇu A.
===> prati [ prati ]1[ pr'ati ]1 ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nouns, sometimes [ pratI ] (1) for 2. See p., 664) towards, near to (2) against, in opposition to (3) back, again, in return (4) down upon, upon, on (5) before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. [ prati-candra ]) (6) or it forms Avyayibhāvas of different kinds (cf. [ prati-kSaNam ], [ prati-graham ], [ praty-agni ] &c. (7) rarely ifc. e. g. [ sUpaprati ], a little broth Pāṇ. 2-1, 9) (8) or as a prep. with usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e. g. [ zabdam p° ], in the direction of the sound R. (9) [ agnim pr° ], against the fire Mn. (10) also [ praty-agni ] ind. Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch. (11) [ ripum pr° ], against the enemy Mn. (12) [ AtmAnam pr° ], to one's self Ratnâv.) (13) opposite, before, in the presence of (e. g. [ rodasI pr° ], before heaven and earth RV.) (14) in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e. g. [ indram pr° ], in comparison with little RV. (15) [ sahasrANi pr° ], on a par with i. e. equivalent to thousands ib. (16) also with abl. or [ -tas ] (17) cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 ; ii, 3, 11) (18) in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e. g. [ yUpam pr° ], near the sacrificial post AitBr. (19) [ gaGgAm pr° ], at or on the Ganges R. (20) [ etat pr° ], at this point TS. (21) [ Ayodhanam pr° ], on the field of battle MBh.) (22) at the time of, about, through, for (e. g. [ phAlgunam pr° ], about the month Phālguna Mn. (23) [ ciram pr° ], for a long time MBh. (24) [ bhRzam pr° ], often, repeatedly Car.) (25) or used distributively (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every, severally (e. g. [ yajJam pr° ], at every sacrifice Yājñ. (26) [ yajJaM yajJam pr° ] TS. (27) [ varSam pr° ], every year, anually Pañcat (28) in this sense often comp. (29) cf. above) (30) in favour of, for (Pāṇ. 1-4, 90 (31) e. g. [ pANDavAn pr° ], in favour of the Pāṇ. MBh.) [ 661,3 ] (32) on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pāṇ. ib., e. g. [ sImAm pr° ], conconcerning a boundary Mn. (33) [ gautamam pr° ], with regard to Ganges R.) (34) conformably or according to (e. g. [ mAm pr° ], according to me, i. e. in my opinion Mālav (35) cf. [ mAm praty araNyavat pratibhAti ], ` it seems to me like a forest ' Hit. (36) [ na bubhukSitam prati bhAti kiM cit ], ` to a hungry man nothing is of any account ' Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 2) (37) as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider ' (38) cf. Vikr. iv, 69) (39) or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 Sch.) (40) with abl. or [ -tas ] See above (41) with abl. or gen. (?) to express, ` about ', ` at the time of ' (only [ prati vastoH ] ', at daybreak ' RV.) (42) as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [ Cf. Zd. [ paiti ] (43) Gk. ?, ?, ?. ] [ 661,3 ]
===> [ prati ]2[ prati ] in comp. with nouns not immediately connected with roots
===> [ prati ]1[ prati ]2 m. N. of a son of Kuśa BhP.
===> prati-prati [ pratiprati ]3[ prati-prat'i ] mf ([ t'inI ]) n. being a counter-part, counter-balancing (1) being a match for, equal to (acc.) Br. Nir
===> pratibaddha [ pratibaddha ]3[ prati-baddha ] mfn. tied or bound to, fastened, fixed Kām. Ragh. Suśr. (1) twisted, wreathed (as a garland), Mālatīm. ii, 0/1 (2) dependent on, subject to (comp.) Kād. Saṃk (3) attached to, joined or connected or provided with (instr.) Kap. MBh. Hit. (4) harmonizing with, (loc.) Kum (5) fixed, directed ([ upari ], or comp.) Śaṃk. Pañcat (6) hindered, excluded, cut off, Mallin (7) kept at a distance MBh. (8) entangled, complicated Var (9) disappointed, thwarted, crossed, vexed L. (10) (in phil.) that which is always connected or implied (as fire in smoke) MW. (11) [ -citta ] mfn. one whose mind is turned to or fixed on (comp.) Pañcat (12) [ -tA ] f. the being connected with (comp.) L. (13) [ -prasara ] mfn. hindered or blunted in its course (as a thunderbolt), Mallin. on Kum. iii, 12 (14) [ -rAga ] mfn. having passion in harmonious connection with (loc.), Kum. vii, 91
===> pratibala [ pratibala ]3[ prati-bala ] n. a hostile army Vcar. Daś. 2
===> [ pratibala ]3[ prati-bala ] mfn. having equal strength or power, equally matched, a match for (with gen. or ifc., e. g. [ astra-p° ], equal in arms), being able to (dat. or inf.) MBh. R. (cf. [ a-p° ])
===> pratibandha [ pratibandha ]3[ prati-bandha ] m. connection, uninterruptedness, Kap. Kāś (1) a prop, support Kād (2) investment, siege Hariv. (3) obstacle, hindrance, impediment Kālid. Śaṃk (4) opposition, resistance Śak. ([ ena ], by all kinds of resistance Nal.) (5) a logical impediment, obstructive argument Sarvad (6) stoppage, suspension, cessation Pāṇ. 3-3, 51 (cf. [ varSapr° ]) ; vii, 1, 45 (7) [ -kArin ] mfn. creating obstacles, hindering, preventing W. (8) [ -mukta ] mfn. freed from obstacles Śatr (9) [ -vat ] mfn. beset with obstacles, difficult to attain Mālav
===> pratibhaya [ pratibhaya ]3[ prati-bhaya ] mf ([ A ]) n. exciting fear, formidable, terrible, dangerous ĀśvGṛ. Gobh. MBh. &c. (1) n. fear (with abl. or ifc.) MBh. Rājat (2) danger ĀśvGṛ. Rājat (3) ([ am ]), ind. formidably, frightfully Ragh (4) [ -kara ] and °yaM-k° mfn. causing fear R. Kathās (5) [ -bhay^akAra ] mfn. having a formidable aspect MW.
===> pratibhā [ pratibhA ]1[ prati-√ bhA ] P. [ -bhAti ], to shine upon (acc.) Lāṭy (1) to come in sight, present or offer one's self to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. &c. [ 668,3 ] (2) to appear to the mind (also with [ manasi ]), flash upon the thoughts, become clear or manifest, occur to (acc. or gen.) Up. MBh. &c. ([ n'ottaram pratibhAtime ], ` no answer occurs to me ' Hariv.) (3) to seem or appear to (gen., acc. with or without [ prati ]) as or like (nom. with or without [ iva ], or [ yathA ], or [ -vat ] ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ iti pratibhAti me manaH ], ` so it seems to my mind ' MBh.) (4) to seem fit, appear good, please to (gen. or acc.) Vikr. Pañcat. &c. ([ sA bhAryA pratibhAti me ], ` this one would please me as a wife ' Kathās.)
===> [ pratibhA ]3[ prati-bhA ] f. an image Nir (1) light, splendour (See [ niS-pr° ]) (2) appearance ([ a-pr° ]) Gaut (3) fitness, suitableness ([ a-pr° ]), Śrs (4) intelligence, understanding MBh. Kāv. Sāh (5) presence of mind, genius, wit Kām (6) audacity, boldness ([ a-pr° ]) Nyāyad (7) a thought, idea Daś. Kathās (8) a founded supposition Naish (9) fancy, imagination MBh. Kathās. Sāh (10) [ -kSaya ] m. loss or absence of knowledge, want of sense Kull (11) [ -tas ] ind. by fancy or imagination Kathās (12) [ -nvita ] ([ °bh^anv° ]), mfn. intelligent, wise L. (13) confident, hold L. (14) [ -balAt ] ind. by force of reason or intelligence, wisely Rājat (15) [ -mukha ] mfn. at once hitting the right, quick-witted L. (confident, arrogant W.) (16) [ -vat ] mfn. endowed with presence of mind, shrewd, intelligent Kathās (17) confident, bold L. (18) m. (L.) the sun, the moon, fire (19) [ -vazAt ] ind. = [ -tas ], Kithās (20) [ -vilAsa ] m. N. of sev. wks. (21) [ -hAni ] f. privation of light, dulness, darkness W. (22) = [ -kSaya ] ib.
===> pratibhāga [ pratibhAga ]3[ prati-bhAga ] (ibc.), for every degree Siddhântaś. (for 2. See under [ prati-√ bhaj ])
===> [ pratibhAga ]3[ prati-bhAga ] m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 3) division VāyuP. (w. r. for [ pra-vibh° ]?) (1) a share, portion, daily present (consisting of fruit, flowers &c. and offered to a king) Mn. viii, 307 (2) [ -zas ] ind. in divisions or classes Suśr.
===> pratibhāna [ pratibhAna ]3[ prati-bhAna ] n. becoming clear or visible, obviousness TS. Sch. (1) intelligence Hariv. (2) eloquence Lalit. (3) brilliancy W. (4) boldness, audacity ib. (5) v. l. for [ °bhAta ] Hariv. (6) [ -kUTa ] m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva L. (7) [ -vat ] mfn. endowed with presence of mind, quick-witted, shrewd, intelligent MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ -tva ] n. Mālatīm.) (8) bright, brilliant W. (9) bold, audacious ib.
===> pratibhāsa [ pratibhAsa ]3[ prati-bhAsa ] m. appearance, look, similitude, Vedantas. Sāh (1) appearing or occurring to the mind Kpr. R. Sch. (2) illusion Lalit.
===> pratibhū [ pratibhU ]1[ prati-√ bhU ] P. [ -bhavati ], to be equal to or on a par with (acc.) ŚBr. : Caus. [ -bhAvayati ], to observe, become acquainted with (acc.) MBh. : Pass. [ -bhAvyate ], to be considered as, pass for (nom.) Rājat
===> [ pratibhU ]3[ prati-bhU ] m. a surety, security, bail Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pratibimba [ pratibimba ]3[ prati-bimba ]1 n. (rarely m.) the disc of the sun or moon reflected (in water) (1) a reflection, reflected image, mirrored form MBh. Pañcat. Kāv. &c. (also [ °baka ]) (2) a resemblance or counterpart of real forms, a picture, image, shadow W. (3) (among the synonyms of ` equal ' Kāvyâd.) (4) N. of the chapters of the Kāvya-ptakāś^adarśa Cat. (5) [ -vartin ] mfn. being reflected or mirrored MW. (6) [ -bimb^ata ] (?), m. a mirror W.
===> [ pratibimba ]3[ prati-bimba ]2 Nom. P. [ °bati ], to be reflected or mirrored Kap. Sch. (1) [ °bita ] mfn. reflected, mirrored ([ -tva ] n.) ib. &c. (2) [ °bI-√ kR ], to reflect, represent, equal Daś
===> pratibodha [ pratibodha ]3[ prati-bodha ] m. (cf. [ pratI-b° ]) awaking, waking Ragh. BhP. (1) perception, knowledge KenUp. BhP. (2) instruction, admonition Śukas (3) N. of a man, g. [ bid^adi ] (4) [ -vat ] mfn. endowed with knowledge or reason Śak
===> pratibodhana [ pratibodhana ]3[ prati-bodhana ] mfn. awakening, enlivening, refreshing (ifc.) BhP. Suśr. (1) ([ A ]), f. awaking, recovering consciousness Kād (2) n. awaking, expanding, spreading MBh. Suśr. (3) awakening (trans.) R. (4) instruction, explanation BhP.
===> pratibodhita [ pratibodhita ]3[ prati-bodhita ] mfn. awakened R. (1) instructed, taught, admonished W.
===> pratibuddha [ pratibuddha ]3[ prati-buddha ] ([ pr'ati- ]), mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c. (1) one who has attained to perfect knowledge ŚBr. (cf. MWB. 98, n.) (2) illuminated, enlightened BhP. (3) observed, recognized ib. (4) known, celebrated W. (5) made prosperous or great ib. (6) [ -vastu ] mfn. understanding the real nature of things BhP. (7) [ °ddh^atman ] mfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW.
===> pratibādhana [ pratibAdhana ]3[ prati-bAdhana ] n. beating back, repulsion (gen., acc., or comp.) MBh. BhP.
===> pratidarśana [ pratidarzana ]3[ prati-darzana ] n. id. R. (1) (ifc. f. [ A ]) sight, look, appearance MBh.
===> pratidinam [ pratidinam ]3[ prati-dinam ] and ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat
===> pratidivasam [ pratidivasam ]3[ prati-divasam ] ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat
===> pratidvaṃdva [ pratidvaMdva ]3[ prati-dvaMdva ] m. an adversary, rival, foe (in [ a-pratidv° ]) MBh. R. &c. (1) n. opposition, hostility W. (2) [ °dvaya ] Nom. P. [ °yati ], to rival Divyâv (3) [ °dvin ] m. = [ °dva ] m. (ifc. vying with) MBh. Kāv (4) [ °dvI-bhUta ] mfn. being an adversary ' Śaṃk
===> pratigha [ pratigha ]1[ prati-gha ] m. (√ [ han ]) hindrance, obstruction, resistance, opposition (cf. [ a-p° ]) (1) struggling against (comp.) Car. (2) anger, wrath, enmity Mcar. Lalit. (one of the 6 evil passions Dharmas. 67) (3) = [ mUrchA ] L. (4) combat, fighting W. (5) an enemy ib. (6) opposition, contradiction L.
===> pratighāta [ pratighAta ]3[ prati-ghAta ] m. (cf. [ pratI-gh° ]) warding off, keeping back, repulse, prevention, resistance, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) rebound Kum (2) [ -kRt ] mfn. depriving any one (gen.) of (gen.) Yājñ. (3) [ -vid ] mfn. knowing how to resist, apt to resist MBh.
===> pratighātaka [ pratighAtaka ]3[ prati-ghAtaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. disturbing MBh. (1) (ifc.) = [ °ghAta ] ib.
===> pratighātin [ pratighAtin ]3[ prati-ghAtin ] mfn. keeping off, repulsing, disturbing, injuring Daś. Kām (1) dazzling ([ netra- ]) Kum
===> pratigraha [ pratigraha ]3[ prati-grah'a ] m. receiving, accepting, acceptance of gifts (as the peculiar prerogative of Brāhmans (1) cf. IW. 237 ; 262) ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. ([ °grahaM-√ kR ], to receive presents Mn.) (2) friendly reception MBh. (3) favour, grace MBh. (4) taking a wife, marrying R. (5) receiving with the ear i. e. hearing Kathās (6) a grasper, seizer ([ keza- ], a hair-cutter, barber) Gobh. a receiver KātyŚr. R. (7) a chamber-vessel or any similar convenience for sick persons Car. (8) a spittoon L. (9) a gift, present (esp. a donation to a Brāhman at suitable periods) Yājñ. MBh. &c. (instr. ` as a present Kathās.) (10) N. of the objects or functions corresponding to the 8 Grahas L. (11) = [ kriyA-kAra ] L. (12) the reserve of an army (a detachment posted with the general 400 yards in the rear of a line) W. (13) the sun near the moon's node ib. (14) [ -kalpa ] m. N. of Pariś. of MānGṛS. (15) [ -dhana ] n. money received as a present Kathās. [ 665,2 ] (16) mfn. one whose wealth consists only in presents Pañcat (17) [ -pr^apta ] mfn. received as a present Kathās (18) [ -pr^ayazcitta-prakAra ] m. N. of wk.
===> pratigrahaṇa [ pratigrahaNa ]3[ prati-grahaNa ] mfn. accepting ŚāṅkhGṛ. (perhaps w. r.) (1) n. receipt, acceptance ib. Lāṭy (2) taking a wife, marrying R. (cf. [ 'a-pratig° ]) (3) a vessel ŚāṅkhGṛ.
===> pratigṛhya [ pratigRhya ]3[ prati-g'Rhya ] mfn. to be accepted, acceptable TS. (` from ', gen. Pāṇ. 3-1, 118 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) (1) one from whom anything may be accepted (See [ a-pratigRhy'a ])
===> pratigṛhīta [ pratigRhIta ]3[ prati-gRhIta ] mfn. taken, received, accepted, married MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pratihata [ pratihata ]3[ prati-hata ] mfn. struck or striking against R. Śak. Rājat (1) repelled, warded off, checked, impeded, obstructed, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) dazzled (as eyes, i. e. impeded in their functions) BhP. (3) dulled, blunted (as teeth by acids, = [ hRSita ]) L. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 29) (4) hostile (cf. below) (5) disappointed L. (6) hated, disliked L. (7) tied, bound L. (8) sent, despatched L. (prob. w. r. for [ pra-hita ]) (9) [ -dhI ] mfn. hostile-minded, having hostile intentions Bhartṛ (10) [ -mati ] mfn. id. W. (11) [ -raya ] mfn. whose current is impeded Megh
===> pratihāra [ pratihAra ]2[ prati-hAra ] m. striking against, touch, contact (esp. of the tongue with the teeth in the pronunciation of the dentals) RPrāt. (1) shutting, closing, stopping ([ a-pr° ]) TāṇḍBr. (2) N. of partic. syllables in the Sāman hymns (with which the Pratihartṛ begins to join in singing, generally at the beginning of the last Pada of a stanza (3) also [ pratI-h° ] AV. ŚāṅkhBr.) Br. ŚrS. &c. (4) N. of a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R. (v. l. [ °ra-tara ]) (5) (that which keeps back), a door, gate (also [ pratI-h° ] L. (6) cf. comp. below) (7) a door-keeper, porter Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c. (also [ pratI-h° ] (8) du. two door-keeper i. e. two statues at the entrance of a temple VarBṛS. (9) [ I ] f. a female door-keeper, portress, Priyad.) (10) a juggler L. (11) juggling, trick, disguise L. (12) [ -goptrI ] f. a female door-keeper Vcar. (13) [ -tara ] m. See above (14) [ -pa ] m. a door-keeper BhP. [ 673,2 ] (15) [ -bhUmi ] f. ` door-place ', a threshold Kum (16) the office of a porter or a portress Ragh (17) [ -rakSI ] f. = [ -goptrI ] Vcar. (18) [ -vat ] mfn. containing the Priyad syllables (above) Lāṭy (19) [ -sUtra ] n. N. of wk.
===> pratihārya [ pratihArya ]3[ prati-hArya ] mfn. to be pushed back or repelled, resistible R. (cf. [ a-pr ]) (1) n. jugglery L. (2) N. of an Avadāna
===> pratijña [ pratijJa ]3[ prati-jJa ] mfn. acknowledging (ifc.) Vajracch. (1) ([ A ]), f. See below
===> pratijñâta [ pratijJAta ]2[ prati-jJAta ] ([ pr'ati- ]), mfn. admitted, acknowledged KātyŚr. Mn. (1) promised, agreed MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) declared, stated, asserted, proposed, alleged ib. (3) agreeable, desirable ŚBr. (4) [ °t^artha ] m. a statement, averment Yājñ.
===> pratijñā [ pratijJA ]1[ prati-√ jJA ] P. Ā. [ -jAnAti ], [ -jAnIte ], to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve RV. AV. MBh. (1) to promise (with gen., dat. or loc. of pers., and acc. with or without [ prati ], or dat. of thing, also with inf. MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) with [ vAkyam ] and gen. ` to promise fulfilment of a person's word ' MBh. (3) with [ satyam ] ` to promise verily or truly ' ib.) (4) (Ā) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c. (5) to maintain, assert, allege, state MBh. R. &c. ([ zabdaM nityatvena ], ` to assert the eternity of sound ' Pāṇ. 1-3, 22 Sch.) (6) (Ā) to bring forward or introduce (a topic) Nyāyam. Sch. (7) to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of MBh. Hariv. (8) to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 46 (9) but really Ā. MBh. xii, 8438)
===> [ pratijJA ]2[ pratijJA ] f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) a statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib. (2) (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved, the first member or [ avyaya ] of the fivemembered Nyāya syllogism IW. 61 (3) (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yājñ.
===> pratijñāna [ pratijJAna ]3[ prati-jJAna ] n. admission, assertion, assent, agreement, promise, APrāt. Yājñ. Sch. (1) bringing forward or introducing (a topic) Kull (2) [ -vAkya ] n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda
===> pratijñātavya [ pratijJAtavya ]3[ prati-jJAtavya ] mfn. to be promised or assented to W. [ 666,1 ]
===> pratikara [ pratikara ]1[ prati-kara ] &c. See [ prati- ] √ 1. [ kR ]
===> [ pratikara ]3[ prati-kara ] mf ([ I ]) n. acting against, counteracting(ifc.) Suśr. (1) m. requital, compensation R. Rājat
===> pratikarman [ pratikarman ]3[ prati-karman ] n. requital, retaliation, corresponding action MBh. R. (1) counteraction, cure, medical treatment Car. (2) decoration, toilet, personal adornment MBh. R. &c. (3) ([ a ]), ind. in every work, at each performance or celebration KātyŚr. MBh.
===> pratikriyā [ pratikriyA ]3[ prati-kriyA ] f. requital (of good or evil), retaliation, compensation, retribution MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy, help ib. (ifc. = removing, destroying) (2) [ -tva ] n. MBh. (3) venting (of anger) Kathās (4) embellishment, decoration (of the person) MBh. (5) [ -zUlinI-stotra ] n. N. of a Stotra
===> pratikāra [ pratikAra ]3[ prati-kAra ] m. (cf. [ pratIk° ]) requital, retaliation, reward, retribution, revenge. R. Kathās. Rājat (1) opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy MBh. Suśr. (2) = [ sama ] and [ bhaTa ] L. (3) [ -karman ] n. opposition, resistance Rājat (4) [ -jJa ] mfn. knowing what remedy should be applied MBh. (5) [ -vidhAna ] n. medical treatment Ragh
===> pratikūla [ pratikUla ]3[ prati-kUla ] mf ([ A ]) n. ` against the bank ' (opp. to [ anu-kUla ], q. v.), contrary, adverse, opposite, inverted, wrong, refractory, inimical, disagreeable, unpleasant Mn. MBh. &c. (1) ([ k'Ulam ]), ind. contrarily, against, in inverted order AV. &c. &c. (2) n. inverted order, opposition (3) ([ ena ], in inverted order BhP. (4) [ °leSu sthitaH ], offering opposition Mn. ix, 275) (5) [ -kArin ] (Mālav.), [ -kRt ] (R.), mfn. acting adversely, inimical (6) [ -tas ] ind. in contradiction to ([ -to-√ vRt ], to be in contradiction to) MBh. (7) [ -tA ] f. (Kāv. &c.), [ -tva ] n. (MW.) adverseness, opposition, hostility (8) perverseness, contumacy (9) [ -darzana ] mfn. looking cross or awry, having an ungracious aspect MW. (10) [ -daiva ] mfn. opposed by fate ([ -tA ] f. hostility of fate) Pañcat (11) [ -pravartin ] mfn. (a ship) taking an adverse course or(tongue) causing unpleasantness ŚārṅgP. (v. l.) (12) [ -bhASin ] mfn. speaking against, contradicting R. (13) [ -vacana ] n. refractory speech, contradiction Pañcat (14) [ -vat ] mfn. refractory, contumacious MBh. (15) [ -vartin ] mfn. being adverse to, disturbing, troubling Kum (16) [ -vAda ] m. = [ -vacana ] MBh. (17) [ -vAdin ] mfn. = [ -bhASin ] ib. (18) [ -visarpin ] mfn. (a ship) moving against the wind or stream, (a tongue) moving unpleasantly ŚārṅgP. (cf. [ -pravartin ]) (19) [ -vRtti ] mfn. resisting, opposing (with gen.) BhP. (20) [ -vedanIya ] mfn. causing an unpleasant effect Tarkas (21) [ -zabda ] mfn. sounding unpleasantly Kum (22) [ °l^acarita ] n. an offensive action, injurious conduct Ragh (23) [ °l^okta ] n. pl. contradiction Kathās
===> pratikṛta [ pratikRta ]3[ prati-kRta ] mfn. returned, repaid, requited &c. R. (1) n. recompense, requital MBh. (2) resistance, opposition Ragh
===> pratikṛti [ pratikRti ]3[ prati-kRti ] f. resistance, opposition, prevention Hariv. (1) retaliation, return, revenge W. (2) an image, likeness, model (3) counterpart, substitute MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pratikṛṣṭa [ pratikRSTa ]3[ prati-kRSTa ] mfn. ploughed back again L. (1) thrust back KātyŚr. (2) rejected, despised L.
===> pratikṣaṇam [ pratikSaNam ]3[ prati-kSaNam ] ind. at every moment, continually Kālid. Rājat. &c.
===> pratikṣepa [ pratikSepa ]3[ prati-kSepa ]
===> [ pratikSepa ]3[ prati-kSepa ] m. contest MBh. (v. l. [ vyati- ]) (1) objection, contradiction, repudiation ib. Sarvad. [ 665,1 ]
===> pratikṣipta [ pratikSipta ]3[ prati-kSipta ] mfn. thrown into &c. (cf. prec. (1) [ -tva ] n. Sarvad.) sent, dispatched L. (2) n. medicine L.
===> pratilambha [ pratilambha ]3[ prati-lambha ] m. receiving, obtaining, finding, getting Nir. Kāv (1) recovering, regaining (ifc.) Kād (2) conceiving, understanding Sarvad (3) censure, abuse W.
===> pratiloma [ pratiloma ]3[ prati-lom'a ] mf ([ A ]) n. against the hair or grain (opp. to [ anu-l° ]), contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted (1) adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant (2) low, vile ŚBr. RPrāt. ŚrS. &c. (3) left, not right W. (4) contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste than the father) ib. (5) (ibc. and [ 'am ] ind.) against the hair, against the grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. ĀśvŚr. &c. (6) m. N. of a man (7) pl. his descendants, g. [ upak^adi ] (8) ([ A ]), f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kathās (9) n. any disagreeable or injurious act (10) ([ ena ]), ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cāṇ (11) [ -ja ] mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brāhmaṇī mother, or of a Vaiśya father and Kshatriyā man or Brāhmaṇī man, in which cases the wife is of a higher caste than the husband (12) cf. Mn. x, 16) W. (13) [ -tas ] ind. in consequence of the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68 (14) invertedly, in inverted order or series Yājñ. MBh. Pañcat (15) [ -rUpa ] mfn. inverted KaushUp. (16) [ °m^anuloma ] mfn. speaking against or for anything (17) (ibc. and [ am ] ind.) in inverted order or course and in the natural order or course Mn. Yājñ. (18) [ °ma-tas ] ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R.
===> pratimaṇḍala [ pratimaNDala ]3[ prati-maNDala ] n. a secondary disk (of the sun &c.) Hariv. (1) an eccentric orbit Col.
===> pratimudrā [ pratimudrA ]3[ prati-mudrA ] f. a counter-seal Mn. Kull (1) the impression of a seal Lalit.
===> pratimukha [ pratimukha ]3[ prati-mukha ] n. the reflected image of the face Harav (1) (in dram.) a secondary plot or incident which hastens or retards the catastrophe, the Epitasis (also [ °khasaMdhi ]) Daśar. Pratāp. Sāh. Sch. (2) an answer Sāh (3) mf ([ A ] or [ I ]) n. standing before the face, facing R. BhP. Vajracch. (4) being near, present R. (5) (ibc. or [ am ] ind.) towards, in front, before GṛS. Mn. MBh. (6) ([ i ]), w. r. for [ -mukharI ], q. v. Saṃgīt (7) [ °kh^aGga ] n. (in dram.) progressive narration of events W.
===> pratimā [ pratimA ]1[ prati-√ mA ] Ā. [ -mimIte ] (Ved. inf. [ prati-mai ]), to imitate, copy RV. VS. Kauś
===> [ pratimA ]1[ prati-√ mA ] m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS. (1) ([ 'A ]), f. an image, likeness, symbol RV. &c. &c. (2) a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1 ; 241) (3) reflection (in comp. after a word meaning ` moon ', cf. below) (4) measure, extent (cf. below) (5) N. of a metre RPrāt. (6) the part of an elephant's head between the tusks (also [ °ma ] m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c. (7) having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as, e. g. [ tri-nalva-pr° ], 3 Nalvas long Hariv. (8) [ °ma-tA ] f. [ -tva ] n. reflection, image, shadow W.) (9) [ -gata ] mfn. present in an idol (as a deity) Ragh (10) [ -candra ] m. ` reflection-moon ', image of the moon Ragh (11) [ -dAna ] n. [ -dravy^adi-vacana ] n. N. of wks. (12) [ -paricAraka ] m. an attendant upon an idol (= [ devala ]) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1) (13) [ -pUjA ] f. worship of images MWB. 464 (14) [ -pratiSThA ] f. (and [ °thA-vidhi ], m.), [ -rodan^adi-pr^ayazcitta-vidhi ] m. [ -lakSaNa ] n. N. of wks. (15) [ vizeSa ] m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW. (16) [ -zaz^aGka ] m. = [ -candra ] Ragh (17) [ -sampr^okSaNa ] n. N. of wk. (18) [ °m^endu ] m. = [ °mAcandra ] Rājat
===> pratinivartita [ pratinivartita ]3[ prati-nivartita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to return, led back R.
===> pratinivṛtta [ pratinivRtta ]3[ prati-nivRtta ] mfn. turned back or from (abl.), come back, return MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pratiniyama [ pratiniyama ]3[ prati-niyama ] m. a strict rule as to applying an example to particular persons or things only Kap
===> pratiniyata [ pratiniyata ]1[ prati-ni-yata ] mfn. (√ [ yam ]) fixed or adopted for each single case, particular or different for each case Kap. Śaṃk
===> pratiniḥsarga [ pratiniHsarga ]3[ prati-niHsarga ] m. giving back, abandonment Lalit. (w. r. [ niHsaGga ])
===> pratipad [ pratipad ]1[ prati-√ pad ] Ā. [ -padyate ] (ep. fut. also [ -patsyati ]), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. &c. &c. (1) to walk, wander, roam ChUp. (2) to come back to (acc.), return MBh. (3) to happen, occur, take place PārGṛ. MBh. (4) to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self. ŚBr. &c. &c. (5) to receive back, recover AitBr. Śak (6) to restore to favour Ragh (7) to undertake, begin (acc., dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kāv. &c. (8) to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc., gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R. (9) to make, render MBh. (10) to fall to a person's (acc.) lot or share, PārGr (11) to let a person (dat.) have anything Āpast (12) to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183 (13) to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c. (14) to deem, consider, regard Śaṃk. Sāh (15) to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. [ tathA ], or [ tath^eti ]), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kāv. &c. (16) to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br. (17) to answer ChUp. (also with [ uttaram ] R.): Caus. [ -pAdayati ], to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc., dat. or gen.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c. (18) to give in marriage Āpast (19) to spend. ib. (20) to present with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ (21) to put in, appoint to (loc.) R. (22) to produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c. (23) to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. &c. (24) to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (v. l. [ -vadasi ] for [ -pAdayasi ]) : Desid. [ -pitsate ] (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain Śaṃk (25) to wish to know Bhām. : Desid. of Caus. [ -pipAdayiSati ], to wish or intend to explain or analyze Śaṃk
===> [ pratipad ]3[ prati-p'ad ] f. access, ingress. entrance VS. ŚBr. (1) the path to be walked, the right path L. (2) beginning, commencement TS. TBr. (3) an introductory verse or stanza Br. ŚrS. (4) (also [ °padA ] or [ °padI ]) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the moon's wane) AgP. L. (5) understanding, intelligence L. (6) taste for anything Jātakam (7) rank, consequence W. (8) a kettle-drum ib. (9) [ °paccandra ] m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh (10) [ °pat-tUrya ] n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. [ °patti-paTaha ]) L. (11) [ °pan-maya ] mfn. obedient, willing Jātakam
===> pratipakṣa [ pratipakSa ]3[ prati-pakSa ] m. the opposite side, hostile party, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) an obstacle Divyâv (2) an adversary, opponent, foe ib. (ifc. = a rival in, match for, equal, similar Kāvyâd.) (3) a respondent, defendant (in law) W. (4) m. N. of a king VāyuP. (5) [ -graha ] m. the taking of the opposite side ([ °haM cakruH ], they took the opposite side) MBh. (6) [ -caNDa-bhairava ] m. N. of the chief of a partic. sect Cat. (7) [ janman ] mfn. caused by the enemy. Śiś. (8) [ -tA ] f. (BhP.), [ -tva ] n. (Śaṃk.) opposition, hostility (9) [ °kSita ] mfn. containing a contradiction, contradictory Bhāshāp (10) nullified by a contradictory premiss (one of the 5 kinds of fallacious middle terms) MW.
===> pratipanna [ pratipanna ]3[ prati-panna ] mfn. come up or resorted to, got into (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Kālid (1) met with, obtained, found, gained, won Kād (2) overcome, conquered, subdued W. (3) undertaken, begun, done ib. (4) ascertained, known, understood Kum (5) familiar with (loc.) MBh. (6) convinced, sure of anything Śaṃk (7) one who has consented or agreed to or promised Kathās. (also [ -vat ]) Pañcat (8) agreed upon, promised, consented to, to R. Pañcat. ([ -tva ] Śukas.) (9) avowed, acknowledged (as a brother), admitted (as a debt) Yājñ. Pañcat (10) answered, replied Kathās (11) offered, given, presented to (loc.) Āpast (12) acting or behaving towards (loc.) MBh. (13) [ -prayojana ] mfn. one who has attained his object R.
===> pratipannaka [ pratipannaka ]3[ prati-pannaka ] m. ` arrived at an aim ', (with Buddh.) N. of the 4 orders of Āryas (viz. the Śrota-āpanna, Sakṛd-āgāmin, An-āgāmin, and Arhat) L.
===> pratipattavya [ pratipattavya ]3[ prati-pattavya ] mfn. to be obtained or received MBh. (1) to be given (as an answer) R. (2) to be conceived or understood Car. Śaṃk (3) to be done or begun MBh. (4) n. (impers.) it is to be assumed or stated Śaṃk (5) one should act or proceed or behave MBh. Daś. Pañcat
===> pratipatti [ pratipatti ]3[ prati-patti ] f. gaining, obtaining, acquiring Gaut. Śaṃk (1) perception, observation, ascertainment, knowledge, intellect MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) supposition, assertion, statement Bhartṛ. Tattvas (3) admission, acknowledgment Yājñ. (4) giving, granting, bestowing on (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kām (5) causing, effecting Kām (6) beginning, action, procedure in or with (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ tatra kA pratipattiH syAt ], what is to be done there? MBh. (7) [ kA tasya pratipattiH ]. what is to be done with it? Kull.) (8) respectful reception or behaviour, homage, welcome ib. ([ °ttiM-√ dA ], to show honour Śak.) (9) confidence, assurance, determination R. (cf. [ a-pratp° ]) (10) resource, means for (loc.), expedient against (gen.) Jaim (11) high rank or dignity, rule, reign Cat. (12) conclusion ĀśvŚr. (13) [ -karman ] n. a concluding rite or ceremony ĀpŚr. Sch. (14) [ -dakSa ] mfn. knowing how to act or what is to be done Pañcat (15) [ -darzin ] mfn. showing what ought to be done SaddhP. (16) [ -niSThura ] mfn. difficult to be understood Ragh (17) [ -paTaha ] m. a kind of kettle-drum (allowed only to chiefs of a certain rank) L. (18) [ -parAGmukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. averse from compliance, obstinate, unyielding Bhaṭṭ. (19) [ -pradAna ] n. the giving of preferment, conferring promotion Hit. (20) [ -bheda ] m. diversity of views, difference of opinions RPrāt. (21) [ -mat ] mfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt R. Kām. Suśr. (22) celebrated, high in rank W. (23) [ -vizArada ] mfn. = [ -dakSa ] MBh.
===> pratipattṛ [ pratipattR ]3[ prati-pattR ] mfn. one who perceives or hears Sāh (1) one who comprehends or understands Śaṃk. [ 667,2 ] (2) one who maintains or asserts ĀpŚr. Sch.
===> pratipraśrabdhi [ pratiprazrabdhi ]1[ prati-pra-zrabdhi ] f. (√ [ zrambh ]) omission, removal L.
===> pratipriya [ pratipriya ]3[ prati-priya ] mfn. agreeable to (gen.) ĀpŚr. (1) n. kindness or service in return MBh. Ragh
===> pratipādaka [ pratipAdaka ]3[ prati-pAdaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. causing to obtain, giving, presenting to (loc.) MBh. ([ a-pratip° ]) (1) stating, demonstrating, explaining, teaching ([ -tva ] n.) MBh. Kāś. Vedântas (2) effective, accomplishing, promoting MW. (3) m. or n. (?) a receptacle for hair L.
===> pratipādana [ pratipAdana ]3[ prati-pAdana ] n. causing to attain, giving, granting, bestowing on, presenting to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) giving back, restoring, returning MBh. ([ a-pratip° ] Kull.) (2) bringing back R. (3) putting in, appointing to (loc.), inauguration ib. (4) producing, causing, effecting, accomplishing W. (5) stating, setting forth, explaining, teaching, pro. pounding, illustrating Var. Śaṃk. Sāh (6) begining, commencement MBh. (7) action, worldly conduct W.
===> pratipādita [ pratipAdita ]3[ prati-pAdita ] mfn. caused to attain, given (also in marriage), delivered, presented MBh. Hariv. R. (1) stated, proved, set forth, explained, taught MBh. Kathās. BhP. (2) ([ -tva ] n.) Sāh (3) caused, effected, produced MBh. R.
===> pratipādya [ pratipAdya ]3[ prati-pAdya ] mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded ([ -tva ]. n.) Śaṃk. Vedântas. Kāś
===> pratipūraṇa [ pratipUraNa ]2[ prati-pUraNa ] n. filling up, filling R. (1) injecting a fluid or other substance, pouring a fluid over Suśr. (2) the being filled with (instr.) Gaut (3) obstruction, congestion (of the head) Car.
===> pratipūrṇa [ pratipUrNa ]3[ prati-pUrNa ] mfn. id. ChUp. MBh. &c. (1) [ -bimba ] mfn. ` having its disc filled ', full (the moon) MBh. (2) [ mAnasa ] mfn. (having one's heart) satisfied Hariv.
===> pratirava [ pratirava ]3[ prati-rav'a ] m. crying or calling out to, quarrelling Pañcat (1) (also pl.) echo ib. Kathās. Rājat (2) (prob.) = [ upa-rava ] VS. ŚBr.
===> pratiroṣitavya [ pratiroSitavya ]1[ prati-roSitavya ] n. impers. (√ [ ruS ]) anger is to be returned L.
===> pratirūpa [ pratirUpa ]3[ prati-rUpa ] n. the counterpart of any real form, an image, likeness, representation MBh. Var. BhP. (also [ A ] f. KaushUP.) (1) a pattern, model for imitation (cf. [ -dhRk ] below) (2) anything falsified, a counterfeit of (gen.) Viṣṇ (3) mf ([ A ]) n. like, similar, corresponding, suitable, proper, fit RV. &c. &c. ([ °pam akurvan ], not requiting. MārkP.) (4) agreeable, beautiful MBh. (5) m. N. of a Dānava ib. (6) ([ A ]), f. N. of a daughter of Meru BhP. (7) [ -carya ] mfn. exemplary in conduct, worthy of imitation MW. (8) [ -cary'A ] f. suitable or exemplary conduct ŚBr. (9) [ -tA ] f. resemblance Harav (10) [ -dhRk ] mfn. offering (i. e. being) a model or pattern BhP.
===> pratirūpaka [ pratirUpaka ]3[ prati-rUpaka ] n. an image, a picture L. (1) forgery Nār (2) (prob.) a forged edict MBh. (3) mf ([ ikA ]) n. similar, corresponding, having the appearance of anything (generally ifc.) MBh. Mn. Śak. &c. (4) m. a quack, charlatan Car.
===> pratisamayya [ pratisamayya ]1[ prati-samayya ] ind. having arranged Divyâv. (prob. w. r. for [ -zamayya ] (1) See [ prati-√ zam ])
===> pratisara [ pratisara ]3[ prati-sar'a ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) a cord or ribbon used as an amulet worn round the neck or wrist at nuptials &c. AV. &c. &c. (also [ A ] f. [ Var. Dharmas. 5 ] (1) and n. [ g. [ ardharc^adi ] ]) (2) a bracelet Kir (3) a line returning into itself. circle ŚBr. (4) assailing, an attack ([ a-pr° ]) Hariv. (5) a wreath, garland L. (6) a follower, servant L. (7) the rear of an army L. (8) dressing or anointing a wound L. (9) day-break L. (10) [ -bandha ] m. a partic. nuptial ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch. (11) pl. N. of partic. magical verses or formulas protecting from demons ŚBr. (12) m. n. a watch, guard L. (13) ([ A ]), f. (cf. above) a female servant L. (14) (with Buddh.) one of the 5 protectors Dharmas. 5
===> pratisaraṇa [ pratisaraNa ]3[ prati-saraNa ] mfn. leaning or resting upon (ifc. (1) [ -tA ] f.) Lalit. (2) n. streaming back (of rivers) Car. (3) leaning or resting on (comp.) L.
===> pratisaṃdhi [ pratisaMdhi ]3[ prati-saMdhi ] m. reunion MBh. (1) re-entry into (comp.) or into the womb L. (2) re-birth Divyâv (3) the period of transition between two ages VāyuP. (4) resistance, adverseness (of fate) MBh. (5) [ -jJAna ] n. recognition Nyāyas. Sch.
===> pratisaṃdhita [ pratisaMdhita ]3[ prati-saMdhita ] mfn. (cf. [ saMdhaya ]) fastened, strengthened, confirmed BhP.
===> pratisaṃdhāna [ pratisaMdhAna ]3[ prati-saMdhAna ] n. putting together again, joining together MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) a juncture, the period of transition between two ages VāyuP. (2) memory, recollection Nyāyas. Sch. (3) praise, panegyric L. (4) self-command, suppression of feeling for a time W. (5) a remedy MW.
===> pratisaṃharaṇīya [ pratisaMharaNIya ]3[ prati-saMharaNIya ] n. (sc. [ karman ]) a partic. punishment L.
===> pratisaṃhṛta [ pratisaMhRta ]3[ prati-saMhRta ] mfn. kept back, checked, restrained R. (1) comprehended, included W. (2) compressed, reduced in bulk ib.
===> pratisaṃkhyā [ pratisaMkhyA ]1[ prati-saM-√ khyA ] (only ind. p. [ khyAya ]), to count or reckon up, number ŚBr. KātyŚr.
===> [ pratisaMkhyA ]3[ prati-saMkhyA ] f. consciousness (1) [ -nirodha ] m. (with Buddh.) the conscious annihilation of an object (?) Dharmas. 32 (cf. [ a-prati-n° ])
===> pratisaṃkhyāna [ pratisaMkhyAna ]3[ prati-saMkhyAna ] n. the tranquil consideration of a matter Jātakam
===> pratisaṃlayana [ pratisaMlayana ]1[ prati-saM-layana ] n. (√ [ lI ]) retirement into a lonely place, privacy Lalit. Divyâv (1) complete absorption SaddhP.
===> pratisaṃlīna [ pratisaMlIna ]3[ prati-saMlIna ] mfn. retired, in privacy Divyâv (1) complete retirement for the sake of meditation Lalit. [ 672,1 ]
===> pratisaṃvedin [ pratisaMvedin ]3[ prati-saMvedin ] mfn. feeling, experiencing, being conscious of anything ib.
===> pratisaṃvid [ pratisaMvid ]1[ prati-saM-√ vid ] Caus. [ -vedayati ], to recognize (?) Divyâv. (Ā. p. [ -vedayamAna ], feeling ib.)
===> [ pratisaMvid ]3[ prati-saMvid ] f. analytical science (4 with Buddhists) Dharmas. 51 Lalit. (1) [ °vit-pr^apta ] m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib. (2) [ °vin-nizcay^avatArA ] f. N. of a partic. Dhāraṇī L.
===> pratisaṃyukta [ pratisaMyukta ]1[ prati-saM-yukta ] mfn. (√ [ yuj ]) bound or attached to something else MBh. (B.)
===> pratispardhin [ pratispardhin ]3[ prati-spardhin ] mfn. emulous, coping with (gen.), a rival MBh. Rājat. Kāraṇḍ (1) (ifc.) resembling, like Kāvyâd
===> pratisrota [ pratisrota ]3[ prati-srota ] mf ([ A ]) n. = next ([ mandakinImŚtAm anuvraja ], go up the Mercury i. e. up or against the stream) R.
===> pratisrotas [ pratisrotas ]3[ prati-srotas ] (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream (1) (w. r. [ zrotas ])
===> pratisvam [ pratisvam ]3[ prati-svam ] ind. ` each for itself. ' one by one, singly ĀśvŚr. RPrāt. Comm.
===> pratisāraṇīya [ pratisAraNIya ]3[ prati-sAraNIya ] mfn. to be dressed or anointed (as a wound) Car. (1) to be applied for dressing a wound Suśr.
===> pratisūrya [ pratisUrya ]3[ prati-sUrya ] (or [ °yaka ]), m. a mock sun, parhelion Var (1) a kind of lizard, a chameleon (which lies or basks in the sun) Uttarar. Suśr. (2) ([ am ]), ind. opposite to the sun Mn. (3) [ -matsya ] m. a partic. appearance in the sun (4) (accord. to Comm.) a mock sun and a comet Āp. (5) [ -zayAnaka ] m. ` lying or basking in the sun ', a kind of lizard, a chameleon L.
===> prativacana [ prativacana ]3[ prati-vacana ] m. a verse or formula serving as an answer ĀpŚr. (1) n. a dependent or final clause in a sentence Nir (2) an answer Mṛcch. Prab. &c. (3) an echo W. (4) [ °nI-kRta ] mfn. answered Śak
===> prativahana [ prativahana ]3[ prati-vahana ] n. leading back L. (1) beating back, warding off L.
===> prativastu [ prativastu ]3[ prati-vastu ] n. a counterpart, equivalent (1) anything given in return, anything contrasted with another Kathās. Pratāp (2) [ vast^upamA ] f. (rhet.) a simile or parallel (in which a parallel is, drawn between two different objects by stating some common characteristic belonging to both) Kāvyâd. Sāh. Kuval. &c.
===> pratividhāna [ pratividhAna ]3[ prati-vidhAna ] n. arrangement against, prevention, precaution (gen. or comp.) R. Pañcat (1) care or provision for (comp.) Prasannar. Kull (2) a subsidiary or substituted ceremony W.
===> pratividhātavya [ pratividhAtavya ]3[ prati-vidhAtavya ] mfn. to be used or employed MBh. (1) to be provided against Prasannar
---> n. (impers.) care should be taken R.
===> prativirati [ prativirati ]3[ prati-virati ] ind. (for 2. See [ prati-viroot ram ]) at every pause, at each cessation or disappearance, Śāntiś
===> [ prativirati ]3[ prati-virati ] f. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) desisting from (abl.), leaving off L.
===> prativiśeṣa [ prativizeSa ]3[ prati-vizeSa ] m. peculiarity, singularity, a peculiar circumstance ib.
===> prativiśiṣṭa [ prativiziSTa ]1[ prati-vi-ziSTa ] mfn. (√ [ ziS ]) more distinguished or peculiar, better or worse MBh.
===> prativiṣa [ prativiSa ]3[ prati-viSa ] n. ` counter-poison ', an antidote L. (1) mf ([ A ]) n. containing an antidote Rājat (2) ([ A ]), f. Aconitum Heterophyllum Car. Bhpr.
===> prativiṣaya [ prativiSaya ]3[ prati-viSaya ] m. pl. the various objects of sense L. (1) (ibc. and [ am ] ind.) in relation to each single object of single Sāṃkhyak
===> prativādin [ prativAdin ]3[ prati-vAdin ] mfn. contradicting, disobedient ([ 'a-prativ° ]) (1) answering, rejoining. MW. (2) m. an opponent, adversary Mālav. VarYogay (3) a defendant, respondent ([ °di-tA ] f.) Yājñ. Kull (4) [ °di-bhayaM-kara ] m. N. of an author Cat.
===> prativāta [ prativAta ]3[ prati-vAta ] m. a contrary wind, Mn Suśr. (1) ([ am ]), ind. against the wind KātyŚr. Śak. Pañcat (2) ([ e ]), ind. on the lee side MW. -1
===> prativāṇi [ prativANi ]3[ prati-vANi ] m. fn. unseemly, unsuitable L. 2
===> [ prativANi ]3[ prati-vANi ] f. n. an answer L. (1) opposition L. (w. r. [ °vAni ]) (2) f. = [ paribhASA ], [ prajJapti ] &c. Gal.
===> pratiśabda [ pratizabda ]3[ prati-zabda ] (or [ °daka ] Kād. Hcar.), m. echo, reverberation MBh. R. Ragh. &c.
---> [ -ga ] mfn. going after a sound or in the direction of a sound MBh. (1) [ -vat ] mfn. re-echoing, resounding Kathās. 1
===> pratiśaraṇa [ pratizaraNa ]3[ prati-zaraNa ] n. (for 2. See under [ prati-√ zRR ]) confidence in (ifc.) Divyâv (1) [ -bhUta ] mfn. resorted to (acc.) ib. (cf. [ -saraNa ] under [ prati-√ sR ])
===> [ pratizaraNa ]1[ prati-zaraNa ]1. 2 See p. 663 and [ prati-√ zRR ]
===> [ pratizaraNa ]3[ prati-zaraNa ] n. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) breaking off, blunting (a point or edge) TBr. Sch.
===> pratiśraya [ pratizraya ]1[ prati-zraya ] m. (√ [ zri ]) refuge, help, assistance MBh. (1) a place of refuge, shelter, asylum, house, dwelling Mn. MBh. &c. (2) a receptacle recipient ([ tvaM tasya pratizrayaH ], ` you know all this ') MBh. (3) a jaina-monastery HPariś (4) an almshouse, a place where food &c. is given away L. (5) a place of sacrifice L. (6) an assembly L.
===> pratiśruta [ pratizruta ]3[ prati-zruta ] mfn. heard R. (1) promised (also in marriage), assented, agreed, accepted ([ °te ] ', the promise having been made) GṛS. Yājñ. MBh. &c. : echoing. resounding R. (2) m. N. of a son of Ānakadundubhi BhP. (3) n. a promise, engagement (See above)
===> pratiṣeddhavya [ pratiSeddhavya ]3[ prati-Seddhavya ] mfn. to be warded off or kept back or prohibited or forbidden MBh. R. (1) to be denied Nyāyas
===> pratiṣedha [ pratiSedha ]3[ prati-Sedha ] m. keeping back, warding off, prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr. (1) prohibition, refusal, denial ŚrS. Nir. Kālid (2) contradiction, exception W. (3) (in gram.) negation, a negative particle VPrāt. Pāṇ. Vām (4) (in rhet.) enforcing or reminding of a prohibition Kuval (5) (in dram.) an obstacle to obtaining the desired object Sāh (6) [ °dh^akSara ] n. ` words of denial ', a negative answer Śak. iii, 22 (v. l.) (7) [ °dh^atmaka ] mfn. having a negative form or character Yājñ. Sch. (8) [ °dh^apavAda ] m. annulment of a prohibition Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 68 (9) [ °dh^arthIya ] mfn. having the meaning of a negation Nir (10) [ °dh^okti ] f. expression of denial or refusal Kāvyâd (11) [ °dh^omA ] f. a comparison expressed in a negative form ib.
===> pratiṣedhana [ pratiSedhana ]3[ prati-Sedhana ] mfn. keeping or, warding off MBh. (1) n. the act of keeping or warding off, restraining from (abl.), prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr. [ 671,2 ] (2) rejection, refutation Suśr.
===> pratiṣiddha [ pratiSiddha ]3[ prati-Siddha ] mfn. driven back, kept off, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) forbidden, prohibited, disallowed, refused, denied Mn. MBh. &c. (2) [ -vat ] mfn. one who has forbidden or interdicted something Rājat (3) [ -vAma ] mfn. refractory when driven back Śak. vi, 18/19 (v. l.) (4) [ -sevana ] n. doing what is prohibited W. (5) [ -sevin ] mfn. following or doing what is forbidden ib.
===> pratiṣṭha [ pratiSTha ]3[ prati-STh'a ] mf ([ A ]) n. standing firmly, steadfast ŚBr. MBh. (1) resisting Kauś (2) (ifc.) ending with, leading to Jātakam (3) famous W. (4) m. N. of the father of Su-pārśva (who was 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇi) L. (5) ([ A ]), f. See next (6) n. point of support, centre or base of anything RV. x, 73, 6 ([ pratiSTh'AhRdyA jaghantha ], ` thou hast stricken to the quick (7) [ pratiSThA ] may also be acc. pl. of next)
===> pratiṣṭhita [ pratiSThita ]3[ prati-SThita ] ([ pr'ati ].), mfn. standing, stationed, placed, situated in or on (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c. (1) abiding or contained in (loc.) ŚBr. &c. &c. (2) fixed, firm, rooted, founded, resting or dependent on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c. (3) established, proved Mn. viii, 164 (4) ordained for, applicable to (loc.) ib., 226 (5) secure, thriving, well off ChUp. Hariv. &c. (6) familiar or conversant with (loc.) MBh. (7) transferred to (loc.) Hariv. (8) undertaken Pañcat. (B. [ anu-SThita ]) (9) ascended into, having reached (comp.) Śak. vii, 4/5 (v. l.) (10) complete, finished W. (11) consecrated ib. (12) endowed, portioned ib. (13) established in life, married ib. (14) prized, valued ib. (15) famous, celebrated ib. (16) m. N. of Viṣṇu A. (17) [ -pada ] mfn. containing verses of a fixed or constant number of syllables AitBr. (18) [ -mAtra ] mfn. having just got a firm footing Mṛcch (19) [ -yazas ] mfn. one whose renown is well founded Ratnâv. ([ su-pr° ]) (20) [ -saMtAna ] mfn. one who has progeny or offspring secured MW.
===> pratiṣṭhā [ pratiSThA ]1[ prati-SThA ] (√ [ sthA ]), P. Ā. [ -tiSThati ], [ °te ], to stand, stay, abide, dwell RV. &c. &c. (1) to stand still, set (as the sun), cease MBh. BhP. (2) to stand firm, be based or rest on (loc.), be established, thrive, prosper RV. &c. &c. (3) to depend or rely on (loc.) Vajracch. (4) to withstand, resist (acc.) MBh. Hariv. (5) to spread or extend over (acc.) MBh. : Caus. [ SThApayati ], to put down, place upon, introduce into (loc.) Br. GṛŚrS. (6) to set up, erect (as an image), Ratnav (7) to bring or lead into (loc.) MBh. (8) to establish in, appoint to (loc.) ib. R. &c. (9) to transfer or offer or present to, bestow or confer upon (dat. or loc.) ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c. (10) to fix, found, prop, support, maintain TS. Br. MBh. Hariv. (11) to hold against or opposite R.
===> [ pratiSThA ]2[ prati-STh'A ] f. (ifc. f. [ A ]) standing still, resting, remaining, steadfastness, stability, perseverance in (comp.) VS. &c. &c. (1) a standpoint, resting-place, ground, base, foundation, prop, stay, support RV. &c. &c. (2) a receptacle, homestead, dwelling, house AV. &c. &c. (ifc. abiding or dwelling in Ragh. Pur.) (3) a pedestal, the foot (of men or amimals) AV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr. (4) limit, boundary W. (5) state of rest, quiet, tranquillity, comfort, ease MBh. Kāv (6) setting up (as of an idol &c. RTL. 70) (7) pre-eminence, superiority, high rank or position, fame, celebrity Kāv. Kathās. Rājat (8) establishment on or accession to (the throne &c.) Hariv. Śak. Var. Rājat (9) the performance of any ceremony or of any solemn act, consecration or dedication (of a monument or of an idol or of a temple &c. (10) cf. [ pr^aNa-pr° ]), settling or endowment of a daughter, completion of a vow, any ceremony for obtaining supernatural and magical powers Var. Kathās. Rājat. Pur. (11) a mystical N. of the letter [ A ] L. (12) N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on Skanda MBh. (13) of sev. metres RPrāt. (14) (with [ prajA-pateH ]) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr. (15) = [ hrasva ] Naigh. iii, 2 (16) = [ yoga-siddhi ] or [ -niSpatti ] L. (17) [ -kamal^akara ] m. [ -kalpalatA ] f. [ -kalp^adi ], m. pl. N. of wks. (18) [ -kAma ] ([ °STh'A- ]), mfn. desirous of a firm basis or a fixed abode or a high position TS. TāṇḍBr. GṛŚrS. BhP. (19) [ -kaumudI ] f. [ -kaustubha ] m. or n. [ -cintAmaNi ] m. [ -tattva ] n. [ -tantra ] n. [ -tilaka ] n. N. of wks. (20) [ -tva ] n. the being a basis or foundation Śaṃk (21) [ -darpaNa ] m. [ -darza ] m. [ -dIdhiti ] f. [ -dyota ] m. [ -nirNaya ] m. N. of wks. [ 671,3 ] (22) [ -nvita ] ([ °STh^anv° ]), mfn. possessed of fame, celebrated MW. (23) [ -paddhati ] f. [ -mayUkha ] m. [ -ratna ] n. [ -rahasya ] n. [ -lakSaNa ] n. N. of wks. (24) [ -vat ] mfn. having a foundation or support TUp. (25) [ -vidhi ] m. [ -viveka ] m. [ -saMgraha ] m. [ -samuccaya ] m. [ -sAra ] m. [ -sAra-saMgraha ] m. [ -hem^adri ] m. [ °STh^oddyota ], m. N. of wks.
===> pratiṣṭhāna [ pratiSThAna ]3[ prati-STh'Ana ] n. a firm standing-place, ground, foundation PārGṛ. MBh. &c. (1) a pedestal, foot TBr. MBh. R. (2) the foundation (others ` consecration ') of a city SkandaP. (3) N. of a town at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā (on the left bank of the Gaṅgā opposite to Allāhābad, the capital of the early kings of the lunar dynasty) MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (IW. 511, n. 1) (4) m. N. of a locality on the Go-dāvari Kathās (5) (du.) of the constellation Proshṭha-pada L.
===> pratiṣṭhāpana [ pratiSThApana ]3[ prati-SThApana ] n. fixing, placing, locating (1) (esp.) the erection or consecration of the image of a deity Var. ([ -paddhati ] f. N. of wk.) (2) establishment, corroboration Sarvad (3) ([ A ]), f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis Car.
===> pratiṣṭhāpayitavya [ pratiSThApayitavya ]3[ prati-SThApayitavya ] mfn. to be placed or fixed or established Kāraṇḍ. (w. r. °sthAp°)
===> pratiṣṭhāpya [ pratiSThApya ]3[ prati-STh'Apya ] mfn. to be placed or located or fixed TS. AitBr. (1) to be consigned or transferred or entrusted to (loc.) MBh.
===> pratoda [ pratoda ]3[ pra-tod'a ] m. a goad or long whip AV. &c. &c. (also [ -yaSTi ] f. Divyâv.) (1) sg. (with [ aGgirasAm ]) and du. (with [ kazyapasya ]), N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr. (2) [ -yantra ] n. N. of wk.
===> pratyabhijñā [ pratyabhijJA ]1[ praty-abhi-√ jJA ] P. Ā. [ -jAnAti ], [ -jAnIte ], to recognize, remember, know, understand MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) to come to one's self, recover consciousness Kathās. : Caus. [ -jJApayati ], to recall to mind Śaṃk
===> [ pratyabhijJA ]3[ praty-abhijJA ] f. recognition Kap. Bhāshāp. &c. (ifc. [ °jJa ] mfn. Daś. Rājat.) (1) regaining knowledge or recognition (of the identify of the Supreme and individual soul) Sarvad (2) [ -darzana ] n. N. of a philos. system IW. 118 (3) [ -vimarzinI ] f. N. of Comm. on [ -hRdaya ] (4) [ -zAstra ] n. N. of a philos. manual [ 675,3 ] (5) [ -sUtra ] n. [ -hRdaya ] n. N. of wks.
===> pratyabhijñāna [ pratyabhijJAna ]3[ praty-abhijJAna ] n. recognition MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) a token of recognition (brought by a messenger to prove that he has accomplished his mission) R. (2) reciprocity ĀśvŚr. Sch. (3) [ -ratna ] n. a jewel (given as token) of recognition MW.
===> pratyabhijñāta [ pratyabhijJAta ]3[ praty-abhijJAta ] mfn. recognized, known MBh. Śak. &c. (1) [ -vat ] mfn. Kathās
===> pratyabhiyoga [ pratyabhiyoga ]3[ praty-abhiyoga ] m. a counter plaint or charge, recrimination Yājñ.
===> pratyagra [ pratyagra ]3[ praty-agra ] mf ([ A ]) n. fresh, recent, new, young MBh. R. Kāv. &c. (1) repeated, reiterated Hariv. Kathās (2) pure W. (3) (ibc. and [ am ] ind.) recently Mṛcch. Kathās (4) m. N. of a son of Vasu Upari-cara and prince of the Cedis BhP. (cf. [ agraha ] below) (5) [ -kSarat ] mfn. fresh-flowing, flowing freshly Prab (6) [ -gandhA ] f. a species of shrub, Rhinacanthus Communis L. (7) [ -tA ] f. or [ -tva ] n. newness, freshness W. (8) [ -prasavA ] f. recently delivered, having lately brought forth Pāṇ. 2-1, 65 Sch. (9) [ -yauvana ] mf ([ A ]) n. being in the bloom of youth Kathās (10) [ -rUpa ] mf ([ A ]) n. juvenile, young MBh. (11) [ -vayas ] mfn. young in age, youthful MBh. R. (12) n. youth W. (13) [ -zodhita ] mfn. recently purified, pure L.
===> pratyakṣa [ pratyakSa ]1[ praty-akSa ] mf ([ A ]) n. present before the eyes, visible, perceptible (opp. to [ paro'kSa ], q. v.) Up. MBh. &c. (1) clear, distinct, manifest, direct, immediate, actual, real ŚBr. &c. &c. (2) keeping in view, discerning (with gen.) MBh. (3) n. ocular evidence, direct perception, apprehension by the senses (in Nyāya one of the 4 Pramāṇas or modes of proof. cf. [ pramANa ]) (4) superintendence of, care for (gen.) Mn. ix, 27 (5) (in rhet.) a kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses Kuval (6) ([ praty'akSam ]), ind. (also [ °kSa ] ibc.) before the eyes, in the sight or presence of (gen. or comp.), clearly, explicitly, directly, personally AV. &c. &c. [ 674,3 ] (7) ([ At ]), ind. explicitly, actually, really Br. (8) ([ eNa ]), ind. before the eyes, visibly, publicly, expressly, directly Lāṭy. MBh. MārkP. (9) ([ e ]), ind. before one's face, publicly Pañcat
===> pratyakṣa-darśin [ pratyakSadarzin ]3[ praty-akSa-darzin ] mfn. seeing anything (gen.) with one's own eyes, one who has seen with his own eyes MBh.
===> pratyakṣa-dṛṣṭa [ pratyakSadRSTa ]3[ praty-akSa-dRSTa ] mfn. seen with the eyes, Ratnâv. Kathās
===> pratyakṣa-pramāṇa [ pratyakSapramANa ]3[ praty-akSa-pramANa ] n. ocular or visible proof, the evidence of the senses (1) an organ or faculty of perception W. (2) N. of wk. (also [ °Ny^aloka-TippaNI ] f.)
===> pratyakṣatas [ pratyakSatas ]3[ praty-akSa-tas ] ind. before the eyes, visibly, perceptibly ([ °taH zrutam ], heard perceptibly or with the ears) MBh. Pāṇ. Sch. Kathās (1) evidently, clearly, plainly MW.
===> pratyakṣatva [ pratyakSatva ]3[ praty-akSa-tva ] n. ocular evidence, explicitness KātyŚr. (1) the being ocular evidence or immedite perception Sarvad (2) addressing in the 2nd person MW.
===> pratyakṣatā [ pratyakSatA ]3[ praty-akSa-tA ] f. the being before the eyes, before visible, visibility MBh. Kathās. MārkP. &c. (1) addressing in the 2nd person MW. (2) ([ ayA ]), ind. before the eyes of any one Pañcat
===> pratyakṣin [ pratyakSin ]2[ pratyakSin ] mfn. seeing with one's own eyes (1) m. an eye-witness Jātakam
===> pratyakṣânumāna [ pratyakSAnumAna ]3[ pratyakS^anumAna ] n. ([ -TIka ] f. and [ -zabda-khaNDana ] n.) of wks.
===> pratyakṣī-kṛta [ pratyakSIkRta ]3[ pratyakSI-kRta ] mfn. seen with the eyes Śak. Hit. (1) made present or visible, manifested, displayed W.
===> pratyamitra [ pratyamitra ]3[ praty-amitra ] mfn. opposed as an enemy, hostile (1) m. an enemy, opponent, adversary MBh.
===> pratyanta [ pratyanta ]3[ praty-anta ] mfn. bordering on, adjacent or contiguous to, skirting W. (1) m. a border, frontier Ragh. Lalit. (2) a bordering country i. e. a country occupied by barbarians L. (3) (pl.) barbarous tribes Var (4) [ -janapada ] n. a bordering country (5) [ °d^apapatti ] f. birth in a bordering or barbarous country (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious ways of being born) Dharmas. 134 (6) [ -deza ] m. a country bordering upon another, Śāṅkh. Sch. (7) [ -parvata ] m. an adjacent (small) hill L. (8) [ -vAsa ] n. (!) a frontier-place Lalit.
===> pratyanīka [ pratyanIka ]3[ praty-anIka ] mfn. hostile, opposed, injuring (with gen.) (1) withstanding, resisting MBh. BhP. Sarvad (2) opposite Suśr. Sarvad (3) equal, vying with Kāvyâd (4) m. an adversary, enemy BhP. (5) n. a hostile army MBh. Hariv. (6) hostility, enmity, a hostile relation, hostility position, rivality (sg. and pl.) MBh. R. (7) injuring the relatives of an enemy who cannot be injured himself Pratāp. Kpr. Kuval (8) injuring one who cannot retaliate (?) W. (9) [ -tva ] n. = [ -bhAva ] Suśr. (10) the state of an enemy, hostility MW. (11) [ -bhAva ] m. being the contrary Nyāyad
===> pratyarthin [ pratyarthin ]3[ praty-arthin ] mfn. hostile, inimical (1) (ifc.) opposing, rivalling, emulating MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) m. an adversary, opponent, rival ib. (3) (in law) a defendant Mn. Yājñ. &c. (4) [ °thi-tA ] f. and [ °thi-tva ] n. the state of a defendant at law MW. (5) [ °thi-bhUta ] mfn. become an obstacle Kum. [ 676,1 ] (6) [ °thy-Avedana ] n. (in law) the verbal information or deposition of the defendant which is written down by the officers of the court MW.
===> pratyasta [ pratyasta ]3[ praty-asta ] ([ pr'aty- ]), mfn. thrown down, laid low VS. ŚBr. (1) thrown off, given up Bhartṛ
===> pratyavara [ pratyavara ]3[ praty-avara ] mfn. lower, more insignificant, less honoured than, (abl.) Mn. MBh. R. &c. (1) [ -kAlam ] ind. after, later than (with abl. or ifc.) Car. =
===> pratyavasthita [ pratyavasthita ]2[ praty-avasthita ] mfn. standing separately or opposite R. (1) being in a partic. condition MBh.
===> pratyavekṣaṇa [ pratyavekSaNa ]3[ praty-av^ekSaNa ] n. looking after, care, attention Kām. Kull (1) ([ A ]), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge Dharmas. 94
===> pratyaya [ pratyaya ]2[ pratyaya ] m. belief firm conviction, trust, faith, assurance or certainty of (gen., loc. or comp.) (1) proof, ascertainment Mn. MBh. &c. ([ pratyayaM-√ gam ], to acquire confidence, repose confidence in MBh. (2) [ asty atra pratyayo mama ], that is my conviction Kathās (3) [ kah pratyayo 'tra ], what assurance is there of that? ib.) (4) conception, assumption, notion, idea KātyŚr. Nir. Śaṃk. &c. (5) (with Buddhists and Jainas) fundamental notion or idea ([ -tva ] n.) Sarvad (6) consciousness, understanding, intelligence, intellect (in Sāṃkhya = [ buddhi ]) (7) analysis, solution, explanation, definition L. (8) ground, basis, motive or cause of anything MBh. Kāv. &c. (in med.) = [ nimitta ], [ hetu ] &c. Cat. (9) (with Buddhists) a co-operating cause (10) the concurrent occasion of an event as distinguished from its approximate cause (11) an ordeal Kāty (12) want, need Kāraṇḍ (13) fame, notoriety Pāṇ. 8-2, 58 (14) a subsequent sound or letter Prāt. (15) an affix or suffix to roots (forming verbs, substantives, adjectives and all derivatives) Prāt. Pāṇ. (16) an oath L. (17) usage, custom L. (18) religious meditation L. (19) a dependant or subject L. (20) a householder who keeps a sacred fire L. (21) [ -kara ] (R.), [ -kAraka ] (Pañcat.), [ kAraNa ] (Śak.), mfn. one who awakens confidence, trustworthy (22) [ -kArin ] mfn. id. L. (23) ([ iNI ]), f. a seal, signet L. (24) [ -tattva-prakAzikA ] f. N. of wk. (25) [ -tva ] n. (cf. above) the being a cause, causality Sarvad (26) [ -dhAtu ] m. the stem of a nominal verb Pat. (27) [ -prativacana ] n. a certain or distinct answer, Sak (28) [ -mauktika-mAlA ] f. N. of wk. (29) [ -lopa ] m. (in gram.) elision of an affix (30) [ -sarga ] m. (in Sāṃkhya) the creation which proceeds from Buddha (31) [ -svara ] m. (in gram.) an accent on an affix (32) [ °ay^atma ] mfn. causing confidence R. (v. l. [ pratyag-Atma ]) (33) [ °ay^adhi ] m. a pledge which causes confidence in regard to a debt L. (34) [ -ay^anta-zabda-kRd-anta-vyUha ] m. N. of wk.
===> [ pratyaya ]1[ pratyaya ] &c. See p. 673, col. 3
===> pratyayita [ pratyayita ]3[ pratyayita ] mfn. proved, trustworthy (compar. [ -tara ]) Jaim (1) w. r. for [ °tyAyita ] Pañcat
===> pratyaṅga [ pratyaGga ]3[ praty-aGga ] n. a minor or secondary member of the body (as the forehead, nose, chin, fingers, ears &c. (1) the 6 Aṅgas or chief members being the trunk, head, arms and legs) MBh. R. Suśr. &c. (2) a division, section, part Suśr. Nir (3) a subdivision (of a science &c.) W. (4) a weapon BhP. (5) m. a kind of measure Saṃgīt (6) N. of a prince MBh. (7) (ibc. or [ am ] ind.) on every part or member of the body, on the limbs severally Pañcat. Hit. Gīt. Kathās (8) for one's own person Pat. (cf. [ -vartin ]) (9) for every part or subdivision (of a sacrifice &c.) Mn. (10) (in gram.) in each base Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat. (11) [ -tva ] n. the belonging to TPrāt. (12) [ -dakSiNA ] f. a fee for each part (of a sacrifice) Mn. [ 664,1 ] (13) [ -vartin ] mfn. occupying one's self withone's own person Pat.
===> pratyeka [ pratyeka ]3[ praty-eka ] mfn. each one, each single one, every one Jaim. Sch. (1) n. a partic. sin Buddh. (2) (ibc. or [ am ] ind.) one by one, one at a time, singly, for every single one ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c. (3) [ -naraka ] m. a partic. hell Divyâv (4) [ -buddha ] m. a Buddha who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those Buddhas who liberate others also) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 134 &c.) (5) ([ -kathA ] f. [ -catuSTaya ] n. N. of wks. (6) [ -tva ] n. the state of a Pratyeka Buddha Buddh.) (7) [ -bodhi ] f. = [ -buddhatva ] Kāraṇḍ (8) [ -zas ] ind. one by one, singly, severally MBh.
===> pratyetavya [ pratyetavya ]2[ praty-etavya ] mfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (nom.) RPrāt. Śaṃk
===> [ pratyetavya ]1[ praty-etavya ] See p. 673, col. 3
===> pratyuccāraṇa [ pratyuccAraNa ]3[ praty-uccAraNa ] n. speaking in return, answering ([ a-pratyuc° ]) Nyāyas. Sch.
===> pratyudgamana [ pratyudgamana ]3[ praty-udgamana ] n. (Prab.) going forth towards, rising from a seat (as a mark of respect) and going out to meet (esp. a guest)
===> pratyudgata [ pratyudgata ]3[ praty-udgata ] mfn. gone to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh. (1) met, encountered R. Ragh (2) risen as from a seat W.
===> pratyudāharaṇa [ pratyudAharaNa ]3[ praty-udAharaNa ] n. a counter example or illustration ib. Vām. VPrāt. Sch.
===> pratyukta [ pratyukta ]3[ pr'aty-ukta ] mfn. answered (pers. and thing) Br. MBh. &c. (1) n. = next Megh
===> [ pratyukta ]1[ praty-ukta ] See [ prati-√ vac ], p. 670
===> pratyupakāra [ pratyupakAra ]3[ praty-upakAra ] m. returning a service or favour, gratitude MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pratyupasthita [ pratyupasthita ]2[ praty-upasthita ] mfn. come near to (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Hariv. &c. (1) standing or being in (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Var (2) present, assisting at (loc.) SaddhP. (3) gone against, standing opposite to (acc.) MBh. (4) assembled ib. (5) happened, occurred (or about to happen, imminent) MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) collecting, pressing (as urine) Suśr.
===> pratyutpanna [ pratyutpanna ]1[ praty-ut-panna ] mfn. (√ [ pad ]) existing at the present moment, present, prompt, ready MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) reproduced, regenerated W. (2) (in arithm.) produced by multiplication, multiplied Col. (3) n. multiplication or the product of a sum in multiplication ib.
===> pratyuttara [ pratyuttara ]3[ praty-uttara ] n. a reply to an answer, rejoinder, answer Pañcat. Hit. Prab. &c. (1) [ °rIkaraNa ] n. replying, an answer Mcar. (2) [ °rI-√ kR ], to answer Kād
===> [ pratyuttara ]1[ praty-uttara ] &c. See p. 664
===> pratyutthāna [ pratyutthAna ]3[ praty-utthAna ] n. rising from a seat to welcome a visitor, respectful salutation or reception Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c. (1) rising up against, hostility Hariv. (v. l. [ abhy-utth° ])
===> pratyāgamana [ pratyAgamana ]3[ praty-Agamana ] n. coming back, return to (acc.), coming home again MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) ([ nirUha-pr° ]) the coming back of a clyster Suśr.
===> pratyāgata [ pratyAgata ]3[ praty-Agata ] mfn. come back again, returned, arrived MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) [ -pr^aNa ] mfn. one who has recovered his breath or life MBh. (2) [ -smRti ] mfn. one who has recovered his memory R. (3) [ °t^asu ] mfn. = [ -pr^aNa ] Ragh
===> pratyāhata [ pratyAhata ]3[ praty-Ahata ] mfn. driven back, repelled, repulsed, rejected MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> pratyālīḍha [ pratyAlIDha ]1[ praty-A-lIDha ] mfn. (√ [ lih ]) eaten L. (1) extended towards the left L. (2) n. a partic. attitude in shooting (the left foot advanced and right drawn back) L.
===> pratyānayana [ pratyAnayana ]3[ praty-Anayana ] n. leading or bringing back, recovery, restoration Hariv. Vikr. Kād
===> pratyāpatti [ pratyApatti ]1[ praty-A-patti ] f. (√ [ pad ]) return BhP. (1) turning back (from evil), conversion MBh. (= [ vairAgya ] Nīlak.) (2) restoration, restitution Pāṇ. 3-1, 26 Vārtt. 6 ; viii, 4, 68 Vārtt. 1 (3) expiation Āpast. (= [ zuddhi ] Sch.)
===> pratyāsanna [ pratyAsanna ]3[ praty-Asanna ] mfn. near at hand, close to (gen. or comp.), proximate, neighbouring MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) imminent Megh. Kathās. &c. (2) closely connected or related Āpast. MBh. (3) feeling repentance MBh. (Nīlak.) (4) n. = [ -tA ] f. proximity, neighbourhood MBh. (5) [ -mRtyu ] mfn. one whose death is imminent, at the point of death MW.
===> pratyāsatti [ pratyAsatti ]3[ praty-Asatti ] f. immediate proximity (in space, time &c.), close contact Lāṭy. Śak. &c. [ 677,2 ] (1) good humour, cheerfulness Ratnâv (2) (in gram.) analogy
===> pratyātmam [ pratyAtmam ]3[ praty-Atmam ] ind. for every soul, in every soul Sarvad (1) singly Pat. (2) [ °maviniyata ] mfn. individual Car.
===> pratyātmika [ pratyAtmika ]3[ praty-Atmika ] mfn. = [ -Atmaka ] ŚāṅkhGṛ. (1) peculiar, original Car.
===> pratyāya [ pratyAya ]2[ praty-Aya ] m. toll, tribute L.
===> [ pratyAya ]1[ praty-Aya ] &c. See p. 673, col. 3
===> pratyāyaka [ pratyAyaka ]3[ praty-Ayaka ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know or understand ([ -tva ] n.) Sarvad (1) convincing, credible MBh. 1
===> pratyāyana [ pratyAyana ]3[ praty-Ayana ] mfn. (for 2. See [ praty-^e ]) convincing, credible MBh. (v. l. [ °Ayaka ]) (1) ([ A ]), f. convincing, persuasion Kathās (2) consolation, comfort Ratnâv (3) n. elucidation, explanation, demonstration Kathās. Sāh (4) ([ am ]), ind. (after a finite verb) Siddh
===> [ pratyAyana ]3[ praty-^ayana ] n. (for 1. °Ay° See p. 673, col. 3) setting (of the sun) ChUp.
===> pratyāśā [ pratyAzA ]3[ praty-AzA ] f. confidence, trust, hope, expectation Prab. Kathās. &c. ([ °za-tva ] n. ifc. Mālatīm.)
===> pratyūḍha [ pratyUDha ]3[ praty-UDha ] mfn. rejected, refused R. (1) neglected Divyâv (2) surpassed, excelled BhP. (3) covered, enveloped Sarvad
===> pratāna [ pratAna ]3[ pra-tAn'a ] m. a shoot, tendril AV. &c. &c. (1) a plant with tendrils Mn. Var (2) (met.) branching out, ramification Kathās. Suśr. (3) N. of a section of a wk. whose name ends in [ kalpa-latA ] Cat. (4) diffuseness, prolixity Sarvad (5) a kind of disease, tetanus, epilepsy L. (6) N. of a man (pl., his descendants), g. [ upak^adi ] (7) ([ A ], or [ I ]), f. N. of a plant (= [ go-jihvA ]) L. (8) [ °na-vat ] mfn. having shoots or tendrils Suśr. (9) ramified ib.
===> pratāpa [ pratApa ]3[ pra-tApa ] m. glowing heat, heat, warmth Kāv. Var. Suśr. (1) splendour, brilliancy, glory, majesty, dignity, power, strength, energy Mn. MBh. &c. (2) Calotropis Gigantea (= [ arka ]) L. (3) N. of a man MBh. Rājat (4) [ -candra ] m. N. of a king Kathās (5) of a Jaina author Sarvad (6) [ -deva ] (Cat.), [ -dhavala ] (Inscr.), m. N. of princes (7) [ -nAraziMha ] or [ -nRsiMha ] m. N. of wks. (8) [ -pAla ] m. N. of a man Rājat (9) [ -pura ] n. N. of a town ib. (10) [ -mArtaNDa ] m. N. of sev. wks. (11) [ -mukuTa ] m. N. of a prince Vet (12) [ -rAja ] m. N. of a king Dharmaś (13) [ rAma-pUjA ] f. N. of wk. [ 661,2 ] (14) [ -rudra ] m. N. of a king of the Kākatīyas (or according to others of Vijayanagara or of Eka-śilā (15) sev. wks. are attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) Cat. (16) [ °dra-kalyANa ] n. N. of a drama (17) [ °dra-yazo-bhUSaNa ], or = [ °drIya ] n. N. of wk. by Vidyā-nātha on rhetoric (in which king Pratāpa-rudra is eulogized) (18) [ -vat ] mfn. full of splendour, majestic, glorious, powerful MBh. R. &c. (19) m. N. of Śiva Śivag (20) of an attendant of Skanda MBh. (21) [ -vel^avalI ] f. (in music) N. of a Rāga (22) [ -zIla ] m. N. of a king (= [ zil^aditya ]) Rājat (23) [ -zekhara ] m. (in music) a kind of measure (24) [ -siMha ] and [ -siMha-rAja ] m. N. of authors Cat. (25) [ °p^aditya ] m. N. of sev. princes ([ -tA ] f.) Rājat (26) [ °p^alaMkAra ] m. N. of wk. (prob. = [ °parudrIya ]) (27) [ °p^endra ] m. N. of the sun Hcar.
===> pratīcchaka [ pratIcchaka ]1[ pratIcchaka ] See [ pratiS ]
===> [ pratIcchaka ]3[ prat^icchaka ] m. one who receives, a receiver Mn. iv, 194
===> pratīghāta [ pratIghAta ]3[ pratI-ghAta ] m. (cf. [ prati-gh° ]) warding off (ifc.) MBh. (1) m. prevention, obstruction, repression, hindrance, resistance Mn. MBh. &c.
===> pratīkāra [ pratIkAra ]3[ pratI-kAra ] m. = [ prati-k° ] (See under [ prati-√ kR ] MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) an alliance resting on the requital of former services Kām
===> pratīkāśa [ pratIkAza ]3[ pratI-kAz'a ] m. reflexion, resemblance, appearance AV. Kauś (1) (ifc.), similar, resembling, like MBh. R. &c.
===> pratīkṣa [ pratIkSa ]2[ prat^ikSa ] mf ([ A ]) n. looking backward (See [ apr° ]) (1) (also [ °kSaka ] R.) looking forward to, waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) having regard to (ifc.) Hariv. (3) ([ 'A ]), f. expectation TBr. KaṭhUp. (4) consideration, attention, respect, veneration Āpast. MBh. R.
===> pratīti [ pratIti ]3[ pr'at^iti ] f. going towards, approaching RV. (1) the following from anything (as a necessary result), being clear or intelligible by itself Vedântas. [ 673,3 ] (2) clear apprehension or insight into anything, complete understanding or ascertainment, conviction Śak. Śaṃk. Kathās. &c. (3) confidence, faith, belief. Daś (4) trust, credit Inscr. (5) fame, notoriety W. (6) respect ib. (7) delight ib. (8) [ -mat ] mfn. known, understood Harav
===> pratītya [ pratItya ]3[ prat^itya ] n. confirmation, experiment RV. vii, 68, 6 (1) comfort, consolation ib. iv, 5,14 (others mfn. to be acknowledged or recognized) (2) [ -samutpAda ] m. (Buddh.) the chain of causation Lalit. (twelvefold (3) cf. Dharmas. 42)
===> pravacana [ pravacana ]2[ pra-vacana ] m. one who exposes, propounds BhP. (1) n. speaking, talking Pañcat (2) recitation, oral instruction, teaching, expounding, exposition, interpretation (cf. [ sAMkhya-pravacana-bhASya ]) ŚBr. Up. PārGṛ. RPrāt. &c. (3) announcement, proclamation Lāṭy (4) excellent speech or language, eloquence W. (5) an expression, term Nir (6) a system of doctrines propounded in a treatise or dissertation (7) sacred writings (esp. the Brāhmaṇas or the Ved^aṅgas) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 145) (8) the sacred writings of Buddhists (ninefold) Dharmas. 62 (9) the sacred writings of the Jainas Hemac. Sch. (10) ([ am ], enclitic after a finite verb, g. [ gotr^adi ]) (11) [ -paTu ] mfn. skilled in speaking, eloquent Bhartṛ (12) [ -sAra-gAthA ] f. and [ -sAr^oddhAra ] m. N. of wks.
===> pravahaṇa [ pravahaNa ]3[ pra-vahaNa ] n. sending away i. e. giving (a girl) in marriage SāmavBr. (1) creation, Harlv. (v. l.) (2) a carriage (for women) Mṛcch (3) a kind of litter L. (4) (also n. and [ I ], f. (5) ifc. f. [ A ]) a ship R. Kathās (6) [ °Na-bhaGga ] m. shipwreck Ratnâv
===> pravara [ pravara ]2[ pra-var'a ]2 m. (for 1. See p. 690) a cover ŚBr. (Sāy. [ pra-vAra ] (1) cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 54) (2) an upper garment Var. 1
===> [ pravara ]3[ pravara ] mfn. best, &c., See p. 690, col. 3.)
===> [ pravara ]2[ pra-vara ]3 m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brāhman to priestly functions) AitBr. (1) an invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Ṛshis being then added) Br. ŚrS. (2) a family, race L. (3) an ancestor KātyŚr. Sch. ([ I ] f. Pat.) (4) [ -kANDa ] m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors Cat. (5) [ -khaNDa ] m. or n. [ -darpaNa ] m. [ -dIpikA ] f. [ -nirNaya ], m. [ -maJjarI ] f. [ -ratna ] n. N. of wks. (6) [ -vat ] mfn. having a series of ancestors L. (7) [ °r^adhyAya ] m. [ °re-kRta-zAnti ] f. N. of wks. 2
===> pravartaka [ pravartaka ]3[ pra-vartaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. acting, proceeding L. (1) setting in motion or action, setting on foot, advancing, promoting, forwarding Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (2) producing, causing, effecting MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) m. a founder, author, originator of anything ib. (4) an arbiter, judge W. (5) n. (in dram.) the entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the introduction) Sāh. Pratāp. (cf. [ pra-vRttaka ] and [ prA-varta ]) (6) [ -jJAna ] and [ °kIya ] n. N. of wks.
===> pravartana [ pravartana ]3[ pra-vartana ] mf ([ I ]) n. being in motion, flowing Ragh. x, 38 (C. [ °vartin ]) (1) ([ A ]), f. incitement to activity Gaut (2) (in gram.) order, permission, the sense of the precative or qualified imperative tense (?) W. (3) n. advance, forward movement, rolling or flowing forth R. Var. Yājñ. Sch. (4) walking, roaming, wandering R. (5) activity, procedure, engaging in, dealing with (instr. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) going on, coming off, happening, occurrence MBh. Hariv. &c. (7) conduct, behaviour MBh. (8) bringing near, fetching ŚāṅkhŚr. (9) erection, construction Mn. Yājñ. Sch. (10) causing to appear, bringing about, advancing, promoting, introducing, employing, using MBh. R. &c. (11) informing W.
===> pravartita [ pravartita ]3[ pra-vartita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to roll on or forwards, set in motion, set on foot MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) set up, established, introduced, appointed ib. (2) built, erected, made, performed, accomplished ib. (3) related, told Sāh (4) made pure, hallowed Mn. xi, 196 (5) informed, apprized W. (6) stimulated, incited ib. (7) lighted, kindled MW. (8) dispensed, administered Ml. (9) allowed to take its course ib. (10) enforced ib.
===> pravartitavya [ pravartitavya ]3[ pra-vartitavya ] n. (impers.) one should act or proceed Prab. Sāh
===> pravartitṛ [ pravartitR ]3[ pra-vartitR ] m. one who causes or effects, producer, bringer MBh. (1) one who settles or determines Yājñ.
===> pravarṣaṇa [ pravarSaNa ]3[ pra-varSaNa ] m. N. of a mountain BhP. (1) n. beginning to rain, raining, causing to rain MBh. Var. (Sch. ` first rain ')
===> pravarṣin [ pravarSin ]3[ pra-varSin ] mfn. raining, causing to rain, showering, discharging MBh. R. &c. (cf. [ Urdhva-prav° ])
===> pravaṇa [ pravaNa ]1[ pra-vaN'a ] (prob. fr. 1. [ pra ] and suffix [ vana ], cf. [ vag-van'a ], [ sat-van'a ], [ zuzuk-van'a ]
---> but according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 5 fr. [ pra ] and [ vana ], ` wood ' (1) according to others from √ [ pru ]), m. or n. (?) the side of a hill, slope, declivity, abyss, depth RV. Kāṭh. MBh. (in RV. only loc. sg. and once pl. (2) in MBh. viii, 2369 also abl. sg.) (3) m. a place where four roads meet L. (4) a moment L. (5) a whirlpool L. (6) n. an access to (loc.) MBh. (7) ([ e ]), ind. in a precipitous course, hurriedly, hastily MBh. (8) mf ([ A ]) n. declining, bent, sloping down, steep, abrupt TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c. (9) (ifc.) directed towards (cf. [ udak- ], [ dakSiNA- ], [ nimna- ] &c.) (10) inclined or disposed or devoted to, intent upon, full of (loc., dat., gen., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (11) wasted, decayed, disappeared R. (12) generous L. (13) humble, modest L. [ Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. [ pro1nus ]. ]
===> praveśaka [ pravezaka ]3[ pra-vezaka ] ifc. = [ °veza ] entering, entrance Kathās (1) m. a kind of interlude (acted by some of the subordinate characters for the making known of what is supposed to have occurred between the acts or the introducing of what is about to follow) Kālid. Ratnâv. Daśar. Sāh. &c. (cf. [ viSkambhaka ] and IW. 473) (2) N. of wk.
===> praveśana [ pravezana ]3[ pra-vezana ] n. entering, entrance or penetration into (loc., gen. or comp.) KātyŚr. Yājñ. MBh. &c. (1) sexual intercourse PārGṛ. (2) a principal door or gate L. (3) conducting or leading into (loc.), introduction KātyŚr. MBh. &c. (4) driving home (cattle) Gobh
===> praveśya [ pravezya ]3[ pra-vezya ] mfn. to be entered, accessible, open MBh. Hariv. Śak (1) to be played (as a musical instrument) Ragh (2) to be let or conducted into, be introduced MBh. R. [ 693,1 ] (3) to be put back or re-introduced (said of the intestines) Suśr.
===> praveṇī [ praveNI ]1[ pra-veNI ] f. a braid of hair worn by widows and by wives in the absence of their husbands R. ([ °Ni ] L.) (1) a piece of coloured woollen cloth (used instead of a saddle) MBh. ([ °Ni ] L., also ` the housings of an elephant ') (2) N. of a river MBh.
===> pravibhakta [ pravibhakta ]3[ pra-vibhakta ] mfn. separated, divided distributed &c. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) one who has received his share Mn. viii, 166 (2) (ifc.) divided into or consisting of Kull (3) divided or distinguished by (instr. or comp.). Bhag. Śaṃk (4) variously situated, scattered R. (5) [ -rasmi ] mfn. having the rays distributed, distributing rays Śak. Pravibhāga, m. separation, division, distribution, classification Mn. MBh. &c. [ 692,2 ] (6) a part, portion Uttarar. -vat, mfn. having subdivisions, subdivided MBh. -śas, ind. separately, singly MBh. Hcat
===> pravicaya [ pravicaya ]1[ pra-vicaya ] See below
===> [ pravicaya ]2[ pra-vicaya ] m. investigation, examination Lalit.
===> pravid [ pravid ]1[ pra-vid ] √ 1. P. [ -vetti ], to know, understand RV. AV. MBh. : Caus. [ -vedayati ], [ °te ], to make known, communicate, relate TUp. MBh. (1) (P.) to know or understand right MuṇḍUp.
===> [ pravid ]3[ pra-v'id ] f. knowledge, science RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61)
===> [ pravid ]1[ pra-vid ] √ 3. P. Ā. [ -vindati ], [ °te ], to find, find out, invent RV. (1) to anticipate ŚBr. : Intens. [ -vevidIti ], to attain, partake of (acc.) RV.
===> pravijahya [ pravijahya ]1[ pra-vi-jahya ] mfn. (fr. √ [ jah ] (1) cf. [ pra-vi ] √ 3. [ hA ]) to be given up or abandoned L.
===> pravisṛta [ pravisRta ]1[ pra-vi-sRta ] mfn. (√ [ sR ]) pouring forth Kathās (1) spread, divulged Vāgbh (2) run away, fled MBh. (3) violent, intensive Mṛcch. Pañcar.
===> praviṣṭa [ praviSTa ]2[ pr'a-viSTa ] mfn. entered R. Ragh (1) one who has entered or gone or come into, being in or among (loc., acc. or comp. (2) cf. [ madhya-prav° ]) RV. &c. &c. (in dram. ` one who has entered the stage ') (3) sunk (as an eye) Suśr. (4) appeared or begun (as an age) Vet (5) one who has entered upon or undertaken, occupied with, intent upon, engaged in (loc. or comp.) BhP. Rājat (6) initiated into (acc.) Prab (7) agreeing with (loc.) MBh. (8) made use of. invested (as money) Yājñ. Rājat (9) ([ A ]), f. N. of the mother of Paippalādi and Kauśika Hariv. (prob. w. r. for [ zraviSThA ])
===> [ praviSTa ]1[ pra-viSTa ] [ °Taka ] &c. See under [ pra- ] √ [ viz ]
===> pravrajita [ pravrajita ]3[ pra-vrajita ] mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 38 (1) run away (said of horses) MBh. (2) (also with [ vanam ]) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a monk Mn. MBh. HPariś (3) m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Suśr. (4) ([ A ]), f. a female ascetic or a nun Yājñ. Var. Kād. Sāh (5) Nardostachys Jatamansi L. (6) another plant ([ muNDIrI ]) L. (7) n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh.
===> pravrajya [ pravrajya ]3[ pra-vrajya ] n. going abroad, migration MBh. (1) ([ A ]), f. id. ib. (2) going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77 (3) roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c. (4) the order of a religious mendicant MBh. Var (5) [ °jyA-yoga ] m. a constellation under which future religious mendicants are born Var (6) [ jy^avasita ] m. a religious mendicant who has renounced his order Yājñ.
===> pravrājaka [ pravrAjaka ]3[ pra-vrAjaka ] m. a religious mendicant R. Kathās
---> ([ ikA ]), f. a female ascetic (also [ °jaka-strI ]) Kathās
===> pravyāhāra [ pravyAhAra ]3[ pra-vyAhAra ] m. (v. l. or w. r. [ pratyAh° ]) prolongation or continuation of discourse MBh. (= [ prakRST^akti ], Nīlak.) (1) speaking to, address ([ °raM ] √ [ kR ], with gen. ', to address a person ') Kāraṇḍ (2) sound ib.
===> pravyāhṛta [ pravyAhRta ]3[ pra-vyAhRta ] mfn. speaking MBh. (1) spoken, foretold, predicted ib.
===> pravāda [ pravAda ]2[ pra-vAda ] m. speaking forth, uttering ĀśvŚr. MBh. (1) expressing, mentioning Nir (2) talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ °dAya ], in order to spread the rumour Kathās (3) [ °dena ], according to rumour, as the saying goes MBh.) (4) ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Kāv (5) mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhaṭṭ. (6) (ifc.) passing one's self off as R. (7) (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp. (8) opp. to a specified form or case) Prāt. (9) ([ A ]), f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait
===> [ pravAda ]1[ pra-vAda ] &c. See under [ pra-√ vad ]
===> pravādin [ pravAdin ]3[ pra-vAdin ] mfn. giving forth a sound, uttering a cry MBh. (1) (ifc.) stating, declaring, reporting, speaking of Lāṭy. MBh. (2) (fr. [ °vAda ]), being in some grammatical form or case RPrāt.
===> pravāha [ pravAha ]2[ pra-vAh'a ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) a stream, river, current, running water ([ °he-mUtrita ] n. ` making water in a river ', doing a useless action Pāṇ. 2-æ47 Sch.) (1) met. = continuous flow or passage, unbroken series or succession, continuity ŚBr. &c. &c. (2) continuous use or employment Śaṃk (3) continuous train of thought Sarvad (4) N. of ch. in Sad-ukti-karṇ^amṛta (5) flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. [ -vaha ]) (6) course of action, activity L. (7) course or direction towards W. (8) a pond, lake ib. (9) a beautiful horse L. (10) N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh. (11) (pl.) N. of a people VP. (12) ([ I ]), f. sand L. (also [ °h^otthA ] f. Gal.)
===> [ pravAha ]1[ pra-vAha ] &c. See [ pra-√ vah ]
===> pravāhin [ pravAhin ]3[ pra-vAh'in ] mfn. drawing, carrying, bearing along or away AV. &c. &c. (1) (ifc.) streaming MBh. R. (2) (fr. [ °vAha ]) abounding in streams, g. [ puSkar^adi ] (3) m. a draught animal ŚāṅkhŚr.
===> pravāla [ pravAla ]1[ pra-vAla ] m. n. (prob. fr. √ [ val ], but also written [ pra-bAla ] (1) ifc. f. [ A ]) a young shoot, sprout, new leaf or branch (to which feet and lips are often compared) MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) coral Mn. MBh. &c. (in this sense also written [ pra-vADa ]) (3) the neck of the Indian lute L. (4) m. an animal L. (5) a pupil L. (6) mfn. having shoots or sprouts Dharmaś (7) having long or beautiful hair (= [ prakRSTa-keza yukta ]) ib.
===> pravāraṇa [ pravAraNa ]3[ pra-vAraNa ] n. (fur 2. See under [ pra- ] 2 [ -vR ]) prohibition L. (1) = 1. [ pravaraNa ] Buddh. (also [ A ], f. (2) cf. MWB. 84). 1
===> [ pravAraNa ]3[ pra-vAraNa ] n. (for 1. See above) satisfying, fulfilment of a wish MBh. v, 146. 2
===> pravārita [ pravArita ]3[ pra-vArita ] mfn. (for 1. See above) offered, set out for sale MBh. v, 6006 (B. [ pra-codita ])
===> pravāsa [ pravAsa ]2[ pra-vAsa ] m. dwelling abroad, foreign residence, absence from home RV. &c. &c. (acc. with √ [ gam ] or [ yA ]. [ pra- ] √ [ vas ] or [ A- ] √ [ pad ] (1) to go abroad (2) abl. with [ A- ] √ [ i ], [ up^a- ]. or [ parA-√ vRt ], to return from abroad) (3) (in astron.) heliacal setting of the planets Var (4) [ -kRtya ] n. N. of wk. (5) [ -gata ] mfn. gone abroad, being away from home MW. (6) [ -gamana-vidhi ] m. N. of wk. (7) [ -para ] mfn. addicted to living abroad MW. (8) [ -pariziSta ] n. [ -vidhi ] m. N. of wks. (9) [ -stha ] (Ragh.), [ -sthita ] (Kathās.), mfn. being absent from home (10) [ °s^opasthAna ], n. (11) [ °s^opasthAna-prayoga ] m. [ °s^opasthAna ]. [ vidhi ], m. (12) [ °s^opasthAna-haviryajJa-pr^ayazcitta ] n. N. of wks.
===> [ pravAsa ]1[ pra-vAsa ] and e. See col. 1
===> pravāsana [ pravAsana ]3[ pra-vAsana ] n. (fr. Caus.) sending away from home, exile, banishment from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c. (1) killing, slaying L.
===> pravīṇa [ pravINa ]1[ pra-vINa ] mf ([ A ]) n. ([ pra ] + [ vINA ]) skilful, clever, conversant with or versed in (loc. or comp.) Kāv. Kām. (cf. g. [ zauNDD^adi ]) (1) m. N. of a son of the 'Ith Manu Hariv. (v. l. [ pra-vIra ])
===> pravṛddha [ pravRddha ]2[ pr'a-vRddha ] mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great, numerous RV. &c. &c. (1) swollen, heaving R. Kālid (2) risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong MBh. Var (3) (also with [ vayasA ]) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Kathās (4) expanded, diffused W. (5) full, deep (as a sigh) ib. (6) haughty, arrogant MW. (7) w. r. for [ pra-vRtta ], [ -viddha ], [ -buddha ]
===> pravṛtta [ pravRtta ]3[ pra-vRtta ] mfn. rotund, globular ŚāṅkhBr. (1) driven up (as a carriage) ChUp. (2) circulated (as a book) Pañcat (3) set out from ([ -tas ]), going to, bound for (acc., loc., inf., or [ artham ] ifc. (4) [ dakSiNena ], ` southwards ' (5) with [ pathA ] ', proceeding on a path ') MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) issued from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c. &c. (7) come back, returned MBh. (8) commenced, begun MBh. Kāv. &c. (9) (also [ -vat ] mfn.) having set about or commenced to (inf.) Kathās (10) purposing or going to, bent upon (dat., loc., or comp.) Kāv. Kathās. Rājat (11) engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (12) hurting, injuring, offending MBh. (13) acting, proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. (14) existing Āpast (15) who or what has become (with nom.) R. (16) (with [ karman ] n. action) causing a continuation of mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [ 694,1 ] (17) w. r. for [ pra-cRtta ] and [ pra-nRtta ] (18) ([ °vRtt'a ]), m. = [ °varta ], a round ornament ŚBr. (19) ([ A ] f. N. of a female demon MārkP.) (20) [ -karman ] n. any act leading to a future birth W. (21) [ -cakra ] mfn. ` whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded ', having universal power ([ °kra-tA ] f.) Yājñ. (22) [ -tva ] n. the having happened or occurred Jaim (23) [ -pAnIya ] mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh. (24) [ -pAraNa ] n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony Śak. (v. l.) (25) [ -vAc ] mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh. (26) [ -samprahAra ] mfn. one who has begun the fight ([ °ra-tva ] n.) Kathās (27) [ °tt^azin ] m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh.
===> pravṛtti [ pravRtti ]3[ pra-vRtti ] f. moving onwards, advance, progress GṛŚrS. MBh. Suśr. (1) coming forth, appearance, manifestation ŚvetUp. Kālid. Rājat (2) rise, source, origin. MBh. (3) activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyāya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63) (4) active life (as opp. to [ ni-vRtti ] [ q. v. ] and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W. (5) giving or devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.) Rājat. Hit. Sāh (6) application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MārkP. (7) conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c. (8) the applicability or validity of a rule KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch. (9) currency, continuance, prevalence ib. (10) fate, lot, destiny R. (11) news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (12) cognition (with [ viSaya-vatI ], ` a sensuous cognition ') Yogas (13) the exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47) (14) N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L. (15) (in arithm.) the multiplier W. (w. r. for [ pra-kRti ]?) (16) [ -jJa ], m. ` knowing the news ', an emissary, agent. spy L. (17) [ -jJ'ona ] n. [ -vijJAna ] Sarvad (18) [ -nimitta ] n. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears MW. (19) [ -nivRtti-mat ] mfn. connected with activity and inactivity BhP. (20) [ par'oGmukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr (21) [ -pratyaya ] m. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh. (22) [ -mat ] mfn. devoted to anything, Kaiy (23) [ mArga ] m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world or with the rites and works of religion MW. (24) [ -vacana ] mfn. (a word) expressing activity Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 51 (25) [ -vijJAna ] n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh. (26) [ °tty-aGga ] n. N. of wk.
===> prayata [ prayata ]2[ pr'a-yata ] mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV. (1) placed upon (loc.) RV. (2) offered, presented, given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c. (3) piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Āpast. R.), selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c. (4) m. a holy or pious person W. (5) [ -tA ] f. [ -tva ] n. purity, holiness MBh. (6) [ -dakSiNa ] ([ pr'ay° ]), mfn. one who has made presents (to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV. (7) [ -parigraha-dvitIya ] mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW. (8) [ -mAnasa ] mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh. (9) [ °t^atman ] or [ °t^atma-vat ] mfn. id. Mn. R.
===> prayati [ prayati ]3[ pr'a-yati ] ([ pr'a- ]), f. offering, gift, donation RV. (1) intention, will, effort, exertion ib. VS.
===> prayatna [ prayatna ]3[ pra-yatna ] m. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour, exertion bestowed on (loc. or comp.), activity, action, act Mn. MBh. &c. (instr. sg. and pl. abl. and [ -tas ] ind. with special effort, zealously, diligently, carefully (1) [ °tna ] ibc. and [ °tnAt ] ind. also = hardly, scarcely) (2) great care, caution Pañcat (3) (in phil.) active efforts (of 3 kinds, viz. engaging in any act, prosecuting it, and completing it) (4) pl. volitions (one of the 17 qualities of the Vaiśeshikas) IW. 68 (5) (in gram.) effort in uttering, mode of articulation (also [ Asya-pray° ], distinguished into [ Abhyantara-p° ] and [ bAhya-p° ], internal and external effort) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Sch. (6) ([ A ]), f. N. of a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt (7) [ -cchid ] mfn. frustrating a person's (gen.) efforts Mudr (8) [ -pr^ekSaNIya ] mfn. hardly visible Śak (9) [ -mukt^asana ] mfn. rising with difficulty from a seat Ragh (10) [ -vat ] mfn. assiduous, diligent, persevering Kām (11) [ °tn^ananda ] m. N. of wk.
===> prayoga [ prayoga ]2[ prayo-g'a ]1 (Padap. [ pra-y'oga ]), mfn. (for 2 under. [ pra-√ yuj ]) coming to a meal RV. x, 7, 5 (Sāy. = [ pra-yoktavya ]) (1) m. N. of a Ṛshi TS. (2) (with [ bhArgava ]) author of RV. viii, 91 Anukr.
===> [ prayoga ]2[ prayoga ]2 m. (for 1. See under 2. [ pr'ayas ], col. 1) joining together, connection Var (1) position, addition (of a word) Vprāt. Pāṇ. (loc. often = in the case of Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 25 ; 26 &c.) (2) hurling, casting (of missiles) MBh. R. &c. (3) offering, presenting Hariv. (4) undertaking, beginning, commencement ŚBr. ŚrS. (5) a design, contrivance, device, plan Mālav. Rājat (6) application, employment (esp. of drugs or magic (7) cf. IW. 402, 1), use GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. ([ ena ], [ At ] and [ °ga-tas ] ifc. = by means of) (8) practice, experiment (opp. to, ` theory ') Mālav (9) a means (only [ ais ], by use of means) MBh. Suśr. (10) (in gram.) an applicable or usual form Siddh. Vop (11) exhibition (of a dance), representation (of a drama) Mṛcch. Kālid. ([ °ga-to-√ dRz ], to see actually represented, See on the stage Ratnâv.)
---> a piece to be represented Kālid. Prab (12) utterance, pronunciation, recitation, delivery ŚrS. RPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch. (13) a formula to be recited, sacred text Śikṣ. [ 688,3 ] (14) lending at interest or on usury, investment Mn. MBh. (15) principal, loan bearing interest Gaut (16) an example L. (17) cause, motive, affair, object W. (18) consequence, result ib. (19) ceremonial form, course of proceeding ib. (20) a horse (cf. [ pra-yAga ]) L.
===> prayoga-vīrya [ prayogavIrya ]3[ prayoga-vIrya ] n. (with Buddhists) energy in practice (one of the 3 energies) Dharmas. 108
===> prayogin [ prayogin ]2[ prayogin ] mfn. being employed or used, applicable, usual ([ °gi-tva ] n.) KātyŚr. (1) having some object in view W. (2) performing (on the stage) (3) m. an actor Bhar.
===> prayojana [ prayojana ]2[ pra-yojana ] n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim, end Prāt. MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) [ prayojanena ], with a particular intention, on purpose MBh. (2) [ °na-vazAt ] id. Pañcat (3) [ kena Śnena ], from what cause or motive ? Prab (4) [ kasmai ŚnAya ], [ kasmAt ŚnAt ], [ kasya Śnasya ] and [ kasmin Śne ], id. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27 (5) [ °nam ati-√ kram ], to neglect an opportunity MBh. (6) profit, use or need of, necessity for Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (with instr., [ taruNA kim prayojanam ], what is the use of the tree? Kuval (7) [ bhavatv etaiH kusumaiH prayojanam ], let these flowers be used Śak (8) with gen. or dat. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27 ; ii, 3, 72) (9) means of attaining Mn. vii, 100 (10) (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in question IW. 64 (11) [ -vat ] mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or interest, interested R. (12) serviceable, useful Suśr. ([ °ttva ] n. Sarvad.) (13) having a cause, caused, produced W.
===> prayojya [ prayojya ]3[ pra-yojya ] mfn. to be cast or shot (missile) MBh. Hariv. (1) to be used or employed or practised ([ -tva ] n.) Mn. MBh. &c. (2) to be appointed or commissioned, dependent, a servant or slave Sarvad (3) to be represented (on the stage) Sāh (4) n. capital (to be lent on interest) (5) [ -tva ] n. the state of being used or employed ([ a-pray° ]) Vām (6) the state of being appointed or commissioned, dependence ([ a-pray° ]) Sarvad
===> prayoktṛ [ prayoktR ]3[ pra-yoktR ] m. a hurler, shooter (of missiles) MBh. R. (1) an executor, agent (of an action) MBh. Ragh. &c. (2) an undertaker (of a sacrifice) KātyŚr. Sch. (3) a procurer MBh. (4) an employer ib. Kām (5) an actor, mime Ragh (6) a speaker, reciter RPrāt. Kāvyâd (7) a performer (of music) R. (8) a composer, author, poet Uttarar (9) a money-lender Yājñ. Sch. (10) [ -tA ] f. [ -tva ] n. the state or condition of an employer Sarvad
===> prayukta [ prayukta ]2[ pra-yukta ] mfn. yoked, harnessed MBh. R. &c. (1) stirred (by wind) Ragh (2) directed, thrown, hurled MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) drawn (as a sword) BhP. (4) vented (as anger) MBh. (5) uttered, pronounced, recited Up. Śikṣ. &c. (6) urged, ordered, bidden Gobh. Bhag. &c.
---> used, employed, practised, performed, done Br. Kauś. MBh. &c. (7) undertaken, begun, contrived R. Mālav. Prab (8) made, prepared Kum (9) (n. impers.) behaved or acted towards (loc. or acc. with [ prati ]) Śak (10) lent (on interest) Yājñ. (11) suitable, appropriate Pañcat. (See [ a-pray° ]) (12) resulting from (comp.) ib. (13) n. a cause W. (14) [ -tama ] mfn. most used AitBr. (15) [ -saMskAra ] mfn. to which polish has been applied, polished (as a gem) Ragh
===> prayuta [ prayuta ]3[ pra-yuta ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. absent in mind, inattentive, heedless, careless (cf. [ a-pray° ]) RV. VS. (1) ([ pra-y'uta ]), n. (also m. Siddh.) a million VS. &c. &c. (cf. 2. [ ay'uta ])
===> [ prayuta ]3[ pra-yuta ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. mingled with (instr.) MānŚr. (1) confused (as a dream) MānGṛ. (2) destroyed, annihilated MaitrS. (3) m. N. of a Deva-gandharva MBh. (4) [ °t^ezvara-tIrtha ] n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP. [ 688,2 ]
===> prayāsa [ prayAsa ]3[ pra-yAs'a ] m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., [ -arthAya ] or [ -nimittena ]) VS. TS. Kāv. &c. (cf. [ a-prayAsena ]) [ 688,1 ] (1) high degree Jātakam (2) [ -bhAj ] mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W.
===> [ prayAsa ]1[ pra-yAsa ] See under [ pra-√ yas ]
===> prayāta [ prayAta ]3[ pra-yAta ] mfn. set out, gone, advanced MaitrUp. R. &c. (1) arrived at, come to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) gone or passed away, vanished, deceased, dead Kathās
===> praśama [ prazama ]3[ pra-zama ] m. calmness, tranquillity ' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction, abatement MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundisbhi and Śānti-deva BhP. (2) ([ I ]), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. (3) [ -M-kara ] mfn. causing the cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R. (4) [ -rati-sUsra ] n. N. of wk. (5) [ -sthita ] mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh (6) [ °m^ayana ] mfn. walking in tranquillity BhP.
===> praśamana [ prazamana ]3[ pra-zamana ] mfn. tranquillizing, pacifying, curing, healing MBh. Hariv. Suśr. (1) n. the act of tranquillizing &c. MBh. Kām. Daś. Pur. Suśr. (2) securing, keeping safe (of what has been acquired) Mn. vii, 56 (others, bestowing aptly ' (3) others, ` sanctification ' (4) cf. Ragh. iv, 14) (5) killing, slaughter L. (6) (scil. [ astra ]) N. of a weapon R.
===> praśasta [ prazasta ]1[ pra-zasta ] &c. See [ pra-√ zaMs ]
===> [ prazasta ]3[ pra-zasta ] ĀpŚr.
===> praśasya [ prazasya ]3[ prazasya ] mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, excellent, eminent RV. Nir. MBh. &c. (1) to be called happy, to be congratulated MBh. (cf. [ °zaMsya ]) (2) [ -tA ] f. excellence, eminence Hemac. 2
===> [ prazasya ]3[ prazasya ] ind. having praised or commended MBh. R. Pañcat. BhP.
===> praśaṃsā [ prazaMsA ]3[ pra-zaMs'A ] f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly conditions Dharmas. 61) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. [ aprastuta-p° ], [ strI-p° ] (1) w. r. [ °zaMzA ]) (2) [ -nAman ] n. an expression of praise Nir (3) [ mukhara ] mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly ([ °r^anana ], mfn. ` one whose mouth is loud with praise ', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Rājat (4) [ -lApa ] ([ °s^al° ]), m. applause, acclamation Daś (5) [ -vacana ] n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh. (6) [ -vali ] ([ °s^av° ]), f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bālar (7) [ °zaMs^opamA ] f. (in rhet.) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior Kāvyâd. [ 695,1 ]
===> praśithila [ prazithila ]1[ pra-zithila ] mf ([ A ]) n. very loose, relaxed, lax Hariv. Kāv. Suśr. (1) very feeble, hardly perceptible Saṃk
===> praśna [ prazna ]1[ prazna ]1 m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kauś. (Sch. ` a turban ')
===> [ prazna ]1[ prazn'a ]2 m. (√ [ prach ]) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp. (1) cf. [ kuzala-p° ]) ŚBr. &c. &c. (2) judicial inquiry or examination (cf. [ s^akSi-p ]) (3) astrological inquiry into the future (cf. [ divya- ], [ deva- ], [ daiva-p° ]) (4) a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem ŚBr. &c. &c. ([ praznam ] [ pra-√ brU ] ', to decide a controverted point ' (5) [ nam ] √ [ i ], with acc. or [ °nam ] [ A ] √ [ gam ], with loc. of pers., ` to lay a question before any one for decision ' (6) [ praznas tava pitari ], the point at issue is before thy father ') (7) a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrāt. (8) a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c.
===> praśrita [ prazrita ]2[ pra-zrita ] mfn. bending forward deferentially, humble, modest, courteous, well-behaved ([ am ] ind. humbly, deferentially) MBh. Kāv. &c. (often w. r. [ °sRta ]) (1) hidden, obscure (as a meaning) MBh. (2) m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundubhi and Śānti-deva BhP.
===> praśānta [ prazAnta ]3[ pra-zAnta ] mfn. tranquillized, calm, quiet, composed, indifferent Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) (in augury) auspicious, boni ominis Var (2) extinguished, ceased, allayed, removed, destroyed, dead MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) [ -kAma ] mfn. one whose desires are calmed, content BhP. (4) [ -cAritramati ] m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Lalit. (5) [ -cArin ] m. pl. ` walking tranquilly ', (prob.) N. of a class of deities ib. [ 695,2 ] (6) [ -citta ] mfn. ` tranquil-minded ', calm Vedântas (7) [ -ceSTa ] mfn. one whose efforts have ceased, resting MW. (8) [ -tA ] f. tranquillity of mind MBh. (9) [ -dhI ] mfn. = [ -citta ] BhP. (10) [ -bAdha ] mfn. one who has all calamities or hindrances quelled MW. (11) [ -bhUmipAla ] mfn. ` having the kings extinguished ', without a king (said of the earth) Rājat (12) [ -mUrti ] mfn. of tranquil appearance Var (13) [ -rAga ] m. N. of a man Cat. (14) [ -vinizcaya-pratihArya-nirdeza ] m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra (15) [ -vinIt^ezvara ] m. N. of a divine being, Lalī (16) [ °t^atman ] mfn. ` tranquil-souled ', composed in mind, peaceful, calm Bhag. BhP. (17) [ °t^arAti ] mfn. one whose enemies have been pacified or destroyed Prab (18) [ °t^arja ] mfn. one whose strength has ceased, weakened, prostrated W. (19) [ °t^olmuka ] mfn. extinguished W. (20) [ °t^aujas ] mfn. = [ °t^orja ] MW.
===> [ prazAnta ]1[ pra-zAnta ] &c. See under [ pra- ] √ [ zam ]
===> praśānti [ prazAnti ]3[ pra-zAnti ] f. sinking to rest, rest, tranquillity (esp. of mind), calm, quiet, pacification, abatement, extinction, destruction MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) [ -dUtI ] f. ` messenger of rest ', N. of old age Kathās
===> praśāstṛ [ prazAstR ]3[ pra-zAst'R ] m. ` director ', N. of a priest (commonly called Maitrāvaruṇa, the first assistant of the Hotṛ) RV. &c. &c. (1) a king Uṇ. ii, 94 Sch.
===> praṇata [ praNata ]3[ pra-Nata ] mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. &c. (1) bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP. (2) bent towards, offered respectfully Mālav. (cf. below) (3) humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP. (4) skilful, clever W. (5) a partic. kind of accentuation Sāy (6) of a Pariś. of SV. (7) [ -kAya ] mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP. (8) [ -bahu-phala ] mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered Mālav. i, 1 (9) [ -vat ] mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W. (10) [ -ziras ] mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W. (11) [ °t^atmavat ] mfn. ` having one's person bowed ', inclined, stooping R. (B.) (12) [ °t^azeSa-sAmanta ] mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L.
===> praṇaya [ praNaya ]1[ pra-Naya ] [ °yana ] &c. See [ pra-NI ]
===> [ praNaya ]2[ pra-Naya ] m. a leader Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 ([ jyotiSAm ] Nir. ii, 14) (1) guidance, conduct MBh. (2) manifestation, display Mṛcch (3) setting forth (an argument) Jātakam (4) affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc. (5) [ At ], [ ena ] and [ °y^op^etam ] ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) desire, longing for (loc. (7) [ anyathA ], ` for something else ') ib. (8) an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr (9) reverence, obeisance L. (10) final beatitude L. (11) [ -kalaha ] m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kād. Pañcat (12) [ -kupita ] mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh (13) [ -kopa ] m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW. (14) [ -pezala ] mfn. soft through affection R. (15) [ -prakarSa ] m. excess of affection, extraordinary attachment Kathās
---> [ -bhaGga ] m. breach of confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur. (16) [ -madhura ] mfn. sweet through affection Bhartṛ (17) [ -maya ] mf ([ I ]) n. full of confidence Jātakam (18) [ -mAna ] m. ` love-pride ', the jealousy of love W. (19) [ -vacana ] n. a declaration of love or affection Megh (20) [ -vat ] mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank, open, confident Kālid (21) attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib. (22) desirous of. longing for (loc.) Śiś. (23) (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bālar (24) [ -virhAta ] = [ -vihata ] A. (25) [ -vimukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. averse from love or friendship Megh (26) [ -vihati ] f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W. (27) [ -spRz ] mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mālatīm (28) [ °y^aparAdha ] m. an offence against (mutual) affection or confidence Amar. (29) [ °y^apahArin ] mfn. taking with confidence or without shyness MW. (30) [ °y^amRta-paJcAzaka ] n. N. of wk. (31) [ °yI-√ kR ], to attach closely Vcar. (32) [ °yI-√ bhU ], to become attached or affectionate Suśr. (33) [ °y^onmukha ] mf ([ I ]) n. expectant through love Mālav (34) [ °y^ap^eta ] mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MārkP.
===> praṇayana [ praNayana ]3[ pra-Nayana ] n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching ŚrS. MBh. &c. (1) means or vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. [ agni- ]) (2) showing, betraying (ct. [ zraddhA- ]) (3) (with [ daNDasya ] or [ daNDa ].), applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yājñ. (4) establishing, founding (of a school) BhP. (5) execution, performance, practice MBh. Kāv (6) bringing forward, adducing L. (7) composing, writing L. (8) satisfying, satiating R.
===> praṇetṛ [ praNetR ]3[ pra-Net'R ] m. a leader, guide RV. &c. &c. (Ved. with gen. or acc. (1) Class. gen. or comp.) (2) a maker, creator MBh. Hariv. (3) an author, promulgator of a doctrine MBh. Pur. (4) a performer or one who plays a musical instrument L. (5) one who applies (a clyster) Car. (6) [ -mat ] mfn. containing the notion of leading AitBr.
===> praṇeya [ praNeya ]3[ pra-Neya ] mfn. to be guided or led, docile, obedient MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk (1) to be (or being) used or applied Bālar. Car. (2) to be executed or accomplished MBh. (3) to be fixed or settled ib.
===> praṇidhi [ praNidhi ]3[ pra-Nidhi ] m. watching, observing, spying MBh. (1) sending out (spies or emissaries) R. (2) a spy, secret agent, emissary Mn. MBh. &c. ([ °dhI-√ bhU ], to become a spy Pañcat.) (3) an attendant, follower L. (4) care, attention L. (5) asking, solicitation, request SaddhP. (6) prayer Divyâv (7) N. of a son of Bṛhad-ratha MBh.
===> praṇidhāna [ praNidhAna ]3[ pra-NidhAna ] n. laying on, fixing, applying (also pl.) Car. Suśr. (1) access, entrance L. (2) exertion, endeavour SaddhP. (3) respectful conduct, attention, paid to (loc.) MBh. (4) profound religious meditation, abstract contemplation of (comp.) Ragh. Kathās. Vedântas (5) vehement desire Lalit. (6) vow ib. (7) prayer (threefold) Dharmas. 112
===> praṇihita [ praNihita ]3[ pra-Nihita ] mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Suśr. (1) put down, deposited Bālar. BhP. (2) outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sāh (3) directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartṛ. BhP. (4) delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Bālar (5) contained in (comp.) BhP. (6) sent out (as a spy) MBh. (7) found out, discovered ib. (8) ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54 (9) one who has his thoughts concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhaṭṭ. (10) obtained, acquired W. (11) prudent, cautious, wary ib. (12) resolved, determined ib. (13) agreed to or admitted ib. (14) [ -dhI ] (Bhartṛ.), [ °t^atman ] (Āpast.), mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.) (15) [ °t^eSaNa ] mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv.
===> [ praNihita ]1[ pra-Nihita ] See [ pra-NI-√ dhA ]
===> praṇāda [ praNAda ]3[ pra-NAda ] m. a loud sound or noise (esp. expressive of approbation or delight), shout, cry, roar, yell, neigh &c. MBh. R. (1) a murmur or sigh of repture W. (2) noise or buzzing in the ear (from thickening of the membranes &c.), SuŚr. (3) N. of a Cakra-vattin Divyâv
===> praṇāma [ praNAma ]3[ pra-NAma ] m. (ifc. f. [ A ]) bending, bowing, a bow, respectful salutation, prostration, obeisance (esp. to a Brāhman or to a deity) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) [ -kRti ] f. making an obeisance Pañcat (2) [ -mitra ] m. N. of a man HPariś (3) [ °m^aJjali ] m. reverential salutation with the hands opened and hollowed Daś (4) [ °m^adara ] m. reverential salutation Kum
===> praṇāśa [ praNAza ]3[ pra-NAza ] m. vanishing, disappearance, cessation, loss, destruction, death R. Var. Suśr. &c.
===> praṇāśana [ praNAzana ]3[ pra-NAzana ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. Caus.) causing to disappear, removing, destroying (ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Suśr. &c. (1) n. destruction, annihilation Ragh
===> praṇīta [ praNIta ]3[ pra-NIta ] ([ pr'a- ]), mfn. led forwards, advanced, brought, offered, conveyed (esp. to the altar, as fire or water or Soma) RV. &c. &c. (1) brought into, reduced to (e. g. [ tamas ], to blindness RV. (2) [ -vazam ], to submission BhP.) (3) directed towards (loc.) Sāh (4) hurled, cast, shot MBh. (5) led towards i. e. delivered, given (as a son (6) others ` exposed ') MBh. i, 4672 (7) performed, executed, finished, made, done, prepared Up. MBh. &c. (8) inflicted, sentenced, awarded Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c. (9) established, instituted, taught, said, written MBh. Kāv. &c. (10) ([ -tva ] n. Sarvad.) wished, desired (cf. [ manaH- ]) (11) good (as food) Divyâv (12) entered, approached L. (13) m. (scil. [ agni ]) fire consecrated by prayers or mystical formulas W. (14) ([ A ]), f. a partic. vessel used at sacrifices, a sort of cup L. (15) N. of a river L. (16) pl. (scil. [ Apas ]) water fetched on the morning of a festival for sacrificial uses, holy water ŚBr. ŚrS. &c. (17) n. anything cooked or dressed (such as a condiment) A. (18) [ °tavijJApana ] n. begging for dainties L. (19) [ °tA-kAle ] ind. = [ praNItAnAm praNayana-kAle ] ŚāṅkhŚr. (20) [ °tA-caru ] m. the vessel for the holy water, ŚaṅkhGṛ. (21) [ °tA-praN'ayana ] n. the vessel in which holy water is fetched ŚBr. GṛŚrS.
===> praṣṭavya [ praSTavya ]2[ praSTavya ] mfn. to be asked or questioned about (acc. with or without [ prati ]) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c. (1) to be consulted about (loc.), M Bh. MārkP. (2) to be inquired into Śak. MārkP. (3) n. (impers.) one should ask or inquire about Mālav
===> [ praSTavya ]1[ praSTavya ] [ °tR ], See under [ prazna ]
===> praṣṭha [ praSTha ]1[ pra-STha ] mf ([ I ]) n. (√ [ sthA ] (1) cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 92) standing in front, foremost, principal, best, chief Ragh. Rājat (2) m. a leader, conductor Kuval (3) a species of plant L. (4) ([ I ]), f. the wife of a leader or chief L.
===> praṣṭṛ [ praSTR ]2[ praSTR ] m. one who asks or inquires, interrogator, querist, Kat Up. MBh. MārkP.
===> prekṣaka [ prekSaka ]2[ pr^ekSaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. looking at, viewing or intending to view MBh. R. Hariv. (1) considering, judging Yājñ. Sch. (2) m. a spectator, member of an audience MānGṛ. (3) [ °k^erita ] mfn. (a word) uttered by a spectator MBh.
===> prekṣaṇa [ prekSaNa ]3[ pr^ekSaNa ] n. viewing, looking at or on (at a performance) GṛS. Mn. BhP.
---> (ifc. [ A ]) a view, look, sight Megh (1) the eye Suśr. (2) any public show or spectacle Mn. Pañcat. Kathās (3) a place where public exhibitions are held W. (4) [ -kUTa ] n. the pupil of the eye Suśr. (5) [ °N^alambha ] n. sg. looking at and touching (women) Mn. ii, 179
===> prekṣaṇika [ prekSaNika ]3[ pr^ekSaNika ] mfn. = prec., mfn. W. (1) m. an actor (?) Vet (2) ([ A ]), f. a woman fond of seeing shows W.
===> prekṣin [ prekSin ]2[ pr^ekSin ] mfn. looking at, viewing, regarding ([ °kSi-tva ] n.) MBh. R. &c. (1) (ifc.) having the eyes or glance of (cf. [ mRga-p° ])
===> prekṣā [ prekSA ]2[ pr^ekSA ] f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc., cf. [ dharma-pr^ekSa ], [ mukha-pr° ]) (1) a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sight or view) BhP. (2) a public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathās (3) (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17 (4) circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Rājat (5) the branch of a tree L.
===> preraka [ preraka ]2[ pr^eraka ] mfn. setting in motion, urging, dispatching, sending ([ -tva ] n.) Hariv. Rājat
===> preraṇa [ preraNa ]3[ pr^eraNa ] n. driving out (1) See [ pazu-pr° ] (2) (also [ A ] f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction, command, impelling to ([ prati ] or comp.) Naish. Kathās. Rājat. Hit. (3) activity, action Yājñ. Megh (4) the sense of the causal verb Vop
===> prerita [ prerita ]3[ pr^erita ] mfn. urged, impelled, dispatched, sent Kālid. Kathās. Suśr. (1) turned, directed (as the eye) Śak. (v. l.) (2) incited to speak Daś (3) passed, spent (as time) Bhartṛ
===> preta [ preta ]2[ pr^'eta ] mfn. departed, deceased, dead, a dead person ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. (1) m. the spirit of a dead person (esp. before obsequial rites are performed), a ghost, an evil being Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 241, 271 MWB. 219)
===> [ preta ]1[ pr^eta ] &c. See p. 711, col. 3
===> preta-gati [ pretagati ]3[ pr^'eta-gati ] f. the way of the departed (with √ [ gam ], ` to die ') ib.
===> preta-loka [ pretaloka ]3[ pr^'eta-loka ] m. the world of the dead (in which they remain for one year or until the Śrāddha ceremonies are completed) MBh.
===> pretya [ pretya ]2[ pr^'etya ] ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come, hereafter (opp. to [ iha ]) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c.
===> preṣaṇa [ preSaNa ]2[ pr^eSaNa ] n. the act of sending &c., charge, commission Gaut. MBh. R. BhP. (1) rendering a service MBh. Ratnâv. (pl.) (2) [ -kRt ] mfn. one who executes a commission MBh. (3) [ °N^adhyakSa ] m. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration Cāṇ
===> preṣita [ preSita ]3[ pr^'eSita ] mfn. set in motion, urged on, impelled RV. (1) hurled, flung, thrown ŚBr. (2) sent, dispatched on an errand MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ -vat ] mfn. Hit) (3) sent into exile, banished R. (4) turned, directed (as the eyes) Śak. i, 23 (v. l. [ pr^erita ]) (5) ordered, commanded Vop
===> preṣya [ preSya ]3[ pr^eSya ] mfn. to be sent or dispatched, fit for a messenger Kathās
---> m. a servant, menial, slave ([ A ] f. a female servant, handmaid) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) n. servitude Yājñ. (in [ zUdra-pr° ] v. l. for [ -praiSya ]) (2) behest, command (See next) (3) [ -kara ] mfn. executing the orders of (gen.) MBh. (4) [ -jana ] m. servants (collectively), household Mn. Nal (5) a servant Prab. [ 713,1 ] (6) [ -tA ] f. (Mn.), [ -tva ] n. (ib. MBh.), [ -bhAva ] m. (Mālav.) the state or condition of a servant, servitude (7) [ -vadhU ] f. a female servant, handmaid MBh. (8) the wife of a slave MW. (9) [ -varga ] m. a train of servants, retinue R. (10) [ °SyA-tva ] n. the state of a female servant, being a handmaid Rājat
===> priya [ priya ]1[ priya ] [ priyAla ], See under √ 1. [ prI ] below
===> [ priya ]2[ priy'a ] mf ([ A ]) n. beloved, dear to (gen., loc., dat. or comp.), liked, favourite, wanted, own RV. &c. &c. (with abl. ` dearer than ' R. Kathās. Pañcat (1) [ priyaM-√ kR ] Ā. [ kurute ], either ` to gain the affection of, win as a friend ' RV. (2) or ` to feel affection for, love more and more ' MBh.) (3) dear, expensive, high in price (cf. [ priya-dhAnyaka ], [ priy^anna-tva ]) (4) fond of attached or devoted to (loc.) RV. (id. in comp., either ibc., e. g. [ priya-devana ], ` fond of playing ', or ifc., e. g. [ akSa-priya ], ` fond of dice ', cf. Pāṇ. 2-2, 35 Vārtt. 2 (5) ifc. also = pleasant, agreeable, e. g. [ gamana-priya ], ` pleasant to go ', vi, 2, 15 Sch.) (6) m. a friend Gaut (7) a lover, husband MBh. Kāv. &c. (8) a son-in-law Mn. iii, 119 (Kull.) (9) a kind of deer L. (10) N. of 2 medicinal plants L. ; ([ A ]), f. a mistress, wife MBh. Kāv. &c. [ cf. Old Sax. [ fr^i ], Angl. Sax. [ fre'o ], ` a wife ' ] (11) the female of an animal Var (12) news L. (13) small cardamoms L. (14) Arabian jasmine L. (15) spirituous liquor L. (16) N. of a daughter of Daksha VP. (17) of various metres Col. (18) n. love, kindness, favour, pleasure MBh. Kāv. &c. (19) ([ am ]), ind. agreeably, kindly, in a pleasant way Kāv (20) ([ eNa ]), id. (21) willingly Hit. (v. l., also [ priya-priyeNa ] Pāṇ. 8-1, 13)
===> priya-darśa [ priyadarza ]3[ priy'a-darza ] mfn. pleasant or agreeable to look at (opp. to [ dur-darza ]) MBh.
===> priya-darśana [ priyadarzana ]3[ priy'a-darzana ] mfn. pleasant or grateful to the sight of (gen.) MBh. Kāv (1) m. a parrot L. (2) a kind of date tree L. (3) Terminalia Tomentosa L. (4) Mimusops Kauki L. (5) a plant growing in wet weather on trees and stones (in Marāṭhī called [ dagaDaphUla ], in Hindūstānī ?) L. (6) a partic. Kalpa Buddh. (7) N. of a prince of the Gandharvas Ragh (8) of a son of Vāsuki Kathās (9) ([ a ]), f. N. of a Sur^aṅganā Siṉhâs (10) of sev. women Vās. Priy (11) ([ I ]), f. Gracula Religiosa L. (12) n. the look of a friend Pañcat
===> priya-darśin [ priyadarzin ]3[ priy'a-darzin ] m. ` looking with kindness upon everything ', N. of Aśoka Inscr.
===> priya-kārin [ priyakArin ]3[ priy'a-kArin ] mfn. showing kindness to (1) [ °ri-tva ] n. the act of showing kindness Kathās
===> priya-rūpa [ priyarUpa ]3[ priy'a-rUpa ] mfn. having an agreeable form, g. [ manojJ^adi ] to Pāṇ. 5-1, 133
===> priya-vacana [ priyavacana ]3[ priy'a-vacana ] mfn. one whose words are kind or friendly, speaking kindly Sāy. on RV. i, 13, 8 (1) m. = [ bhakti-mAn rogI ] L. (2) n. kind or friendly speech Vikr
===> priyatara [ priyatara ]3[ priy'a-tara ] mfn. dearer &c. R. Pañcat (1) [ -tva ] n. the being dearer to any one (loc.) than (abl.) MBh.
===> priyatva [ priyatva ]3[ priy'a-tva ] n. the being dear, being beloved MBh. R. (1) the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Suśr. [ 710,2 ]
===> priyatā [ priyatA ]3[ priy'a-tA ] ([ priy'a- ]) . f. the being dear ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) the being fond of (comp.), love Kathās. Rājat
===> priyaṃ-kara [ priyaMkara ]3[ priy'a-M-kara ] mf ([ I ] or [ A ]) n. acting kindly towards, showing kindness to (gen.) VS. MBh. Hariv. &c. (1) causing pleasure, agreeable Hariv. (2) exciting or attracting regard, amiable W. (3) m. N. of a Dānava Kathās (4) of sev. men ib. Kṣitîś (5) ([ I ]), f. Physalis Flexuosa L. (6) a white-blooming Kaṇṭakārī L. (7) = [ bRhaj-jIvantI ] L.
===> priyaṃ-vada [ priyaMvada ]3[ priy'a-M-vada ] mf ([ A ]) n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) m. a kind of bird R. (2) N. of a Gandharva Ragh (3) of a poet Cat. (4) ([ A ]), f. a kind of metre Col. (5) N. of a woman Śak. Daś (6) [ °da-ka ] m. N. of a man Mudr
===> priyaṅgu [ priyaGgu ]2[ priy'aGgu ] mf. panic seed, Panicum Italicum VS. TS. Br. Kauś (1) Aglaia Odorata L. (2) Sinapis Ramosa MBh. Kathās (3) long pepper L. (4) a medicinal plant and perfume (commonly called Priyaṅgu and described in some places as a fragrant seed) L. (5) a partic. creeper (said to put forth blossoms at the touch of women) MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) Italian millet MW. (7) n. (prob.) panic seed or mustard seed Suśr. Bhpr. (8) saffron L.
===> priyâkhyāna [ priyAkhyAna ]3[ priy^akhyAna ] n. agreeable news, pleasant tidings MW. (1) [ -dAna ] n. a gift in return for pleasant tidings Jātakam (2) [ -puraHsara ] mfn. preceded by pleasant tidings MW.
===> priyâpriya [ priyApriya ]3[ priy^apriy'a ] n. sg. du. or pl. pleasant and unpleasant things AV. ChUp. Mn. &c.
===> prokṣaṇa [ prokSaNa ]3[ pr^'okSaNa ] n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before burial) TS. &c. &c. (1) a vessel for holy water Hariv. (v. l. [ °NI ]) (2) immolation of victims L. ([ -vidhi ] m. N. of wk.) (3) ([ I ]), f. See below
===> prokṣita [ prokSita ]3[ prokSita ] mfn. sprinkled, purified or consecrated by sprinkling ŚBr. Mn. Yājñ. (1) immolated, killed L.
===> protsāha [ protsAha ]3[ pr^ot-sAha ] m. great exertion, zeal, ardour Kathās (1) stimulus, incitement W.
===> prābalya [ prAbalya ]3[ prA-balya ] ii. (fr. [ -bala ]) superiority of power, predominance, ascendency Vedântas. Suśr. (1) force, validity (of a rule) TPrāt. Sch.
===> [ prAbalya ]1[ prAbalya ] &c. See under 3. [ prA ], p. 702, col. 2
===> prābhṛta [ prAbhRta ]3[ prA-bhRta ] n. once in Divyâv. m. (fr. [ -bhRti ]) a present, gift. offering (esp. to a deity or a sovereign) Kathās. Rājat. ([ cikitsA-prAbhRta ] m. a man whose gift is the art of medicine, a skilful physician Car.) (1) N. of the chapters of the Sūryaprajñapti (the subdivisions are called [ prAbhRta-pr^abhRta ]) (2) [ °ta-ka ] n. a present, gift Mālav (3) [ °tI ] √ [ kR ], to make a present of offer Kathās
===> prācurya [ prAcurya ]3[ prA-curya ] n. (fr. [ -cura ]) multitude, abundance, plenty Bādar. Rājat. Pañcat (1) amplitude, prolixity TPrāt. Sch. (2) prevalence, currency Śaṃk. Rājat (3) ([ eNa ]), ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MārkP. (4) in detail BhP.
===> prācīna [ prAcIna ]1[ prAcIna ] &c. See p. 704, col. 3
===> [ prAcIna ]2[ prAc'Ina ] mf ([ A ]) n. turned towards the front or eastward, eastern, easterly RV. TS. Br. &c. (1) former, Prior, preceding. ancient, old Mn. Kull. Hāyan (2) m. n. a hedge (= [ prAcIra ]) L. (3) ([ A ]), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L. (4) the Ichneumon plant L. (5) n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr. (6) ([ am ]), ind. in front, forwards, before (in space and time (7) with abl.), eastwards, to the east of (abl.) RV. AV. TS. Br. &c. (8) subsequently ([ 'ataH-p° ], ` fursher on from that point ') ŚBr.
===> prādeśika [ prAdezika ]3[ prA-dezika ] mfn. having precedents Nir. (with [ guNa ] m. the authorized function or meaning of a word) (1) local, limited Rājat (2) m. (also [ °k^evara ]) a small land-owner, chief of a district Kauś
===> prādhānika [ prAdhAnika ]3[ prA-dhAnika ] mfn. (fr. [ -dhAna ]) pre-eminent, distinguished, superior BhP. (1) (ir Sāṃkhya) derived from or relating to Pradhāna or primary matter MBh. BhP.
===> prādhānya [ prAdhAnya ]3[ prA-dhAnya ] n. predominance, prevalence, ascendency, supremacy KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Suśr. &c. (1) ibc. (2) [ °nyena ], [ °nyAt ], and [ -tas ] ind. in regard to the highest object or chiefmatter, chiefly. mainly, summarily Nir. MBh. Hariv. &c. ([ -stuti ] mfn. chiefly praised) [ 702,2 ] (3) m. a chief or most distinguished person Vet
===> prādur-bhāva [ prAdurbhAva ]3[ prAd'ur-bhAva ] m. becoming visible or audible, manifestation, appearance (also of a deity on earth) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c.
===> prādur-bhūta [ prAdurbhUta ]3[ prAd'ur-bhUta ] mfn. come to light, become manifest or evident, appeared, revealed MBh. Kāv. &c.
===> prāg-abhāva [ prAgabhAva ]3[ prAg-abhAva ] m. the not yet existing, non-existence of anything which may yet be Bhāshāp. Sāṃkhyak., Comm. &c. (1) (in law) the non-possession of property that may be possessed W. (2) [ -vAda ] m. [ -vicAra ] m. [ vicAra-rahasya ] n. [ -vijJAna ] n. [ v^ojjIvana ] n. N. of wks.
===> prāg-bhāra [ prAgbhAra ]3[ prAg-bhAra ] m. (prob. fr. Prākr. [ pabbhAra ] = [ pra-hvAra ],root [ hvR ]) the slope of a mountain, Mālatīm. Kathās. Bālar (1) bending, inclining (cf. [ prAcIna-p° ] (2) [ purataH-p° ], bent to the front Lalit.) (3) inclination, propensity Lalit. (ifc. = inclined to, Divy^a) (4) the being not far from Yogas (5) a (subsiding) mass, multitude, heap, quantity Bhartṛ. Prab. &c. (6) a shelter-roof L. (v. l. for [ bhAga ], q. v.)
===> prāhavanīya [ prAhavanIya ]1[ prAhavanIya ] mfn. ([ prA ], or [ pr^a ] + √ [ hve ]?) worthy to be received as a guest Buddh.
===> prājña [ prAjJa ]3[ prA-jJ'a ] mf ([ A ] and [ I ]) (fr. [ jJA ]) intellectual (opp. to [ zArIra ], [ taijasa ]) ŚBr. Nir. MāṇḍUp. (1) intelligent, wise, clever KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c. (2) m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) intelligence dependent on individuality Vedântas (4) a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck and wings L. (5) ([ A ]), f. intelligence, understanding L. (6) ([ I ]), f. the wife of a learned man L. (7) [ -kathA ] f. a story about a wise man MW. (8) [ -tA ] f. (Mis.), [ -tva ] n. (Vedântas.) wisdom, learning, intelligence (9) [ -bhUta-nAtha ], m. N. of a poet Cat. (10) [ -mAna ] m. respect for learned men W. (11) [ -mAnin ] (Śaṃk.), [ -m-mAniG ] (Kathās.), [ -vAdika ] (MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise
===> [ prAjJa ]1[ prAjJa ] &c. See p. 702, col. 1
===> prāktana [ prAktana ]2[ prAktana ] mf ([ I ]) n. former, prior, previous, preceding, old, ancient (opp. to [ id^anIntana ]) Hariv. Ragh. BhP. &c.
===> prākāmya [ prAkAmya ]3[ prA-kAmya ] n. (fr. [ -kAma ]) freedom of will, wilfulness MBh. Kum. MārkP. (1) irresistible will or fiat (one of the 8 supernatural powers) MWB. 245
===> prākāra [ prAkAra ]3[ prA-kAra ] See s. v.
===> [ prAkAra ]1[ prA-kAra ] m. (fr. [ prA ] for [ pra ] and √ 1. [ krI ] (1) cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) a wall, enclosure, fence, rampart (esp. a surrounding wall elevated on a mound of earth (2) ifc. f. [ A ]) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c.
===> prākṛta [ prAkRta ]1[ prAkRta ] mf ([ A ], or [ I ]) n. (fr. [ pra-kRti ]) original, natural, artless, normal, ordinary, usual ŚBr. &c. &c. (1) low, vulgar, unrefined Mn. MBh. &c. (2) provincial, vernacular, Prākritic Vcar. (3) (in Sāṃkhya) belonging to or derived from Prakṛti or the original element (4) (in astron.) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses (according to Parāśara comprising the Nakshatras Svāti, Bharaṇī, Rohiṇī and Kṛttikā) (5) m. a low or vulgar man Mn. (viii, 338) MBh. &c. (6) (with or scil. [ laya ], [ pralaya ] &c.) resolution or reabsorption into Prakṛti, the dissolution of the universe Pur. (7) n. any provincial or vernacular dialect cognate with Saṃskṛt (esp. the language spoken by women and inferior characters in the plays, but also occurring in other kinds of literature and usually divided into 4 dialects, viz. Śaurasenī, Māhārāshṭri, Apabhraṃśa and Paiśācī), Kav. Kathās. Kāvyâd. &c.
===> prākṛtika [ prAkRtika ]2[ prAkRtika ] mf ([ I ]) n. relating to Pra-kṛti or the original element, material, natural, common, vulgar Sāṃkhyak. Pur. Tattvas
===> prāmāṇika [ prAmANika ]3[ prA-mANika ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ -mANa ]) forming or being a measure Hcat. (cf. [ pra-mANika ]) (1) founded on evidence or authority, admitting of proof, authentic, credible Dāyabh (2) one who accepts proof or rests his arguments on authority Sarvad (3) a president, the chief or head of a trade W. (4) [ -tva ], is. authoritativeness, cogency, Mallin (5) [ -vAttika ] n. N. of wk.
===> prāmāṇya [ prAmANya ]3[ prA-mANya ] n. (fr. [ -mANa ]) the being established by proof. resting upon authority, authoritativeness, authenticity, evidence, credibility Nir. Mn. MBh. &c. (1) [ -vAda ] m. N. of sev. wks. (also [ °da-kroDa ] m. [ -TIkA ] f. [ -rahasya ] n. [ -vicAra ] m. [ -ziromaNi ]. m. [ -saMgraha ] m. [ °d^artha ], m.) (2) [ -v^adin ] mfn. one who affirms or believes in proof Sarvad
===> prānta [ prAnta ]1[ pr^anta ] ([ pra-anta ]), m. n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) edge, border, margin, verge, extremity, end MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ yauvana-pr° ], the end of youth Pañcat (1) [ oSTha-pr^antau ], the corners of the mouth L.) (2) a point, tip (of a blade of grass) Kauś (3) back part (of a carriage) Vikr. (ibc., finally, eventually Kāv. Pañcat.) (4) m. thread end of a cloth L. (5) N. of a man, g. [ azv^adi ] (6) mfn. dwelling near the boundaries Divyâv
===> prānta-śayanâsana-bhakta [ prAntazayanAsanabhakta ]3[ pr^anta-zayan^asana-bhakta ] mfn. Īving in the country (also [ -zayana-bhakta ] and [ -zayan^asan^a-sevin ]) Divyâv
===> prāpaka [ prApaka ]3[ pr^apaka ] mf ([ ikA ]) n. causing to arrive at, leading or bringing to (gen. or comp.) Kathās. KātyŚr. Sch. (1) procuring Kull (2) establishing, making valid L. (3) m. a bringer, procurer Kathās
===> prāpaṇa [ prApaNa ]3[ pr^apaNa ] mf ([ I ]) n. leading to (comp.) Śaṃk (1) n. occurrence, appearance Jaim (2) reach, extension ([ bAHvoH pr^apaN^ante ], ` as far as the arms reach ') KātyŚr. (3) arriving at (loc.) Kathās (4) attainment, acquisition Mn. Āpast. MBh. (5) bringing to, conveying Dhātup (6) establishing, making valid TPrāt. Sch. (7) reference to (loc.) ĀśvŚr. (8) elucidation, explanation Pat. (9) = [ AtaJcana ] L.
===> prāpaṇīya [ prApaNIya ]3[ pr^apaNIya ] mfn. to be reached, attainable MBh. (1) to be caused to attain, to be brought or conveyed to (acc.) Megh. Kathās
===> prāpita [ prApita ]3[ pr^apita ] mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to attain to or arrive at, led, conveyed or conducted to or into, possessed of (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) got, procured ib. (2) brought before (the king), commenced (as a lawsuit) Mn. viii, 43 (3) occurred, obtained ([ -tva ] n.) Nyāyam
===> prāpta [ prApta ]2[ pr^apta ] mfn. attained to, reached, arrived at, met with, found, incurred, got, acquired, gained Mn. MBh. &c. [ 707,3 ] (1) one who has attained to or reached &c. (acc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c. (2) come to (acc.), arrived, present ([ pr^apteSu kAleSu ], at certain periods) Mn. MBh. &c. (3) accomplished, complete, mature, full-grown (See [ a-pr° ]) (4) (in med.) indicated, serving the purpose Suśr. (5) (in gram.) obtained or following from a rule, valid ([ iti pr^apte ], ` while this follows from a preceding rule ') Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 Sch. &c. (6) fixed, placed L. (7) proper, right L. (8) m. pl. N. of a people MārkP.
===> prāpta-kāla [ prAptakAla ]3[ pr^apta-kAla ] m. the time or moment arrived, a fit time, proper season MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ -tva ] n. KātyŚr.) (1) mf ([ A ]) n. one whose time has come, seasonable, suitable, opportune ib. (2) (with [ dehin ]), m. a mortal whose time i. e. last hour has come Hariv. (3) (with [ kumArI ]), f. a marriageable girl Śak (4) ([ am ]), ind. at the right time, opportunely MBh.
===> prāptatva [ prAptatva ]3[ pr^apta-tva ] n. the state of resulting (from a grammatical rule) TPrāt.
===> prāptavya [ prAptavya ]2[ pr^aptavya ] mfn. to be reached or attained or gained or procured MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) to be met with or found Hit.
===> prāpti [ prApti ]2[ pr^'apti ] f. advent, occurrence AV. Yājñ. Pañcat (1) reach, range, extent Sūryas (2) reaching, arrival at (comp.) R. (3) the power (of the wind) to enter or penetrate everywhere BhP. (4) the power of obtaining everything (one of the 8 superhuman faculties) MārkP. Vet. MWB. 245 (5) saving, rescue or deliverance from (abl.) Ratnâv (6) attaining to, obtaining, meeting with, finding, acquisition, gain Mn. MBh. &c. (7) the being met with or found Nyāyas. Sch. (8) discovery, determination Sūryas (9) obtainment, validity, holding good (of a rule) KātyŚr. Pāṇ. APrāt. (10) (in dram.) a joyful event, successful termination of a plot (Daśar.) (11) a conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing. Sāh (12) lot, fortune, luck ŚvetUp. MBh. (13) (in astrol.) N. of the 11th lunar mansion Var (14) a collection (= [ saMhati ]) L. (15) N. of the wife of Śama (son of Dharma) MBh. (16) of a daughter of Jarā-saṃdha Hariv. Pur.
===> prāptimat [ prAptimat ]3[ pr^'apti-mat ] mfn. met with, found Nyāyas. Sch. (1) (ifc.) one who has attained to or reached Sarvad
===> prāpya [ prApya ]2[ pr^apya ] mfn. to be reached, attainable, acquirable, procurable MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) fit, proper, suitable MBh.
===> prārambha [ prArambha ]2[ pr^arambha ] m. commencement, beginning, undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Var. Pur. &c. [ 708,3 ]
===> prārthana [ prArthana ]3[ pr^arthana ] n. wish, desire, request, entreaty, solicitation, petition or suit for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) [ °n^abhAva ] m. absence of solicitation Hit.
===> prārthanā [ prArthanA ]3[ pr^arthanA ] f. = [ °na ] MBh. Kāv. &c. ([ °nayA ] ind. at the request or petition of any one) (1) prayer (as forming part of the worship of the gods) RTL. 16 (2) [ -duHkha-bhAj ] mfn. one who feels the pain of begging Bhartṛ (3) [ -paJcaka ] n. N. of wk. (containing prayers to Rām^anuja) (4) [ -bhaGga ] m. refusal of a request, asking in vain MārkP. (5) [ -zataka ] n. N. a Stotra (in praise of Durgā) (6) [ -siddhi ] f. accomplishment of a desire Ragh
===> prārthanīya [ prArthanIya ]3[ pr^arthanIya ] mfn. to be desired or wished for, desirable MBh. Śaṃk. Pañcat (1) to be asked or begged Kād (2) n. the third or Dvāpara age of the world L.
===> prārthita [ prArthita ]3[ pr^arthita ] mfn. wished for, desired, wanted MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) requested, solicited ib. (2) attacked, assailed Ragh (3) obstructed, besieged L. (4) killed, hurt L. (5) n. wish, desire R. Ragh (6) [ -durlabha ] mfn. desired but hard to obtain Kum (7) [ -vat ] mfn. one who has asked or asks W.
===> prāsa [ prAsa ]2[ pr^asa ] m. casting, throwing Br. ŚrS. (1) scattering, sprinkling Pratāp (2) a barbed missile or dart MBh. Kathās (3) a partic. constellation or position of a planet Var (4) N. of a man Rājat (5) [ -bhArata ] n. N. of a poem [ 709,3 ] (6) [ °saka ] m. a die, dice L. (7) [ °sika ] mfn. armed with a dart or javelin Pāṇ. 4-4, 57 Sch. (8) m. a spearman L.
===> prāsāda [ prAsAda ]1[ prAsAda ] m. (for [ pra-s° ] lit. ` sitting forward ', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous place (1) cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. (2) the top-story of a lofty building Kād (3) a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kāv. &c. (4) (with Buddhists) the monks ' hall for assembly and confession MWB. 426
===> prāsādika [ prAsAdika ]2[ prAsAdika ] mf ([ A ]) n. (fr. [ pra-sAda ]) kind, amiable Lalit. (1) given by way of blessing or as a favour MW. (2) (fr. [ prA-sAda ]) pleasant, beautiful ib. Kāraṇḍ (3) ([ A ]), f. a chamber on the top of a palace Hcar.
===> prātar [ prAtar ]1[ prAtar ] ind. (fr. 1. [ pra ] (1) [ pr'Atar ] Uṇ. v, 59) in the early morning. at daybreak, at dawn RV. &c. &c. ([ prAtaH prAtah ], every morning, Daś) (2) next morning. to-morrow AV. &c. &c. (3) Morning personified as a son of Pushparṇa and Prabhā BhP. [ Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. [ 706,2 ] [ fruo ], [ frū0h ]. ]
===> prāthamakalpika [ prAthamakalpika ]1[ prAthamakalpika ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ prathama-kalpa ]) being (anything) first of all or in the strictest sense of the word (v. l. for [ prathama-kapita ], q. v. Mn. ix, 166) (1) m. a student who is a beginner L. (2) a Yogī just commencing his course Sarvad. (cf. [ prathama-kalpika ])
===> prātibha [ prAtibha ]3[ prAti-bha ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ -bhA ]) intuitive, divinatory (1) n. (with or scil. [ jJAna ]) intuitive knowledge, intuition, divination Śiś. Kathās. Pur. ([ -vat ] ind. Nyāyas.) (2) ([ A ]), f. presence of mind MBh.
===> prātihārya [ prAtihArya ]3[ prAti-hArya ] n. (fr. [ -hAra ]) the office of a door-keeper Nalac (1) jugglery, working miracles, a miracle Lalit. Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv (2) [ -saMdarzana ] m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
===> prātikūlya [ prAtikUlya ]3[ prAti-kUlya ] n. (fr. [ -kUla ]) contrariety, adverseness, opposition MBh. (1) disagreeableness, unpleasantness ib. (2) (ifc.) disagreement with TPrāt. Sch.
===> prātilambhika [ prAtilambhika ]3[ prAti-lambhika ] mfn. (fr. [ lambha ]) ready to receive, expecting L.
===> prātilomya [ prAtilomya ]3[ prAti-lomya ] n. (fr. [ -loma ]) contrary direction, inverse order Nir. Mn. &c. (1) opposition MBh. Rājat. ([ a-prAtil° ])
===> prātiveśya [ prAtivezya ]3[ prAti-vezya ] mfn. (fr. [ -veza ]) neighbouring Hcar. (also ifc. Yājñ.) (1) m. an opposite neighbour Mn. viii, 392 (cf. [ Anuvezya ]) (2) any next MBh. Daś (3) [ °syaka ] m. id. Pañcat
===> prāvaraṇa [ prAvaraNa ]3[ prA-v'araNa ] n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) covering, veiling Āpast (1) a cover, upper garment, cloak, mantle ŚBr. &c. &c.
===> prāveśika [ prAvezika ]3[ prA-vezika ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ -veza ]) relating to entrance (into a house or on the stage) Vikr. Bālar. Pracaṇḍ. (with [ AkSiptikA ] and [ dhruvA ] f. N. of partic. airs sung by a person on entering the stage ib.) (1) auspicious for entrance Var (2) [ °sya ] n. the being accessible, accessibility (only [ a-prAv° ]) L.
===> prāviṣ-kriyamāṇa [ prAviSkriyamANa ]1[ pr^aviS-kriyamANa ] mfn. (√ [ kR ]) shown Divyâv. (w. r. for [ AviS-kr° ]?)
===> prāvṛta [ prAvRta ]2[ pr'A-vRta ] mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (1) put on (as a garment) Hcar. Kathās. Hit. (2) filled with (instr.) R. (3) m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L. (4) n. covering, concealing Gaut (5) ([ A ]), f. a veil, mantle ṢaḍvBr.
===> prāvṛṣ [ prAvRS ]1[ prA-v'RS ] f. (fr. [ pra-√ vRS ]) the rainy season, wet season, rains (the months Āshāḍha and Śravaṇa, comprising the first half of the rainy season which lasts in some parts from the middle of June till the middle of October) RV. &c. &c. ([ °Si-ja ] mfn. produced in the rainy seasons Śiś.)
===> prāya [ prAya ]1[ pr^ay'a ] m. (fr. [ pra ] + [ aya ] (1) √ 5. [ i ]) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8 (2) course, race AV. iv, 25, 2 (3) departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce compliance with a demand (4) acc. with √ [ As ], [ upa-√ As ], [ upa-√ viz ], [ upa-√ i ], [ A-√ sthA ], [ sam-A-√ sthA ], or √ [ kR ], to renounce life, sit down and fast to death (5) with Caus. of √ [ kR ], to force any one [ acc. ] to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kāv. &c. (6) anything prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. [ A ] = chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using (7) near, like, resembling (8) mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were (9) cf. [ Arya- ], [ jita- ], [ jJAti- ], [ tRNa- ], [ daNDa- ], [ duHkha- ], [ siddhi-pr° ] &c. (10) also [ -tA ] f.) ŚBr. Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c. (11) a stage of life, age L. (12) ([ am ]), ind., g. [ gotr^adi ]
===> prāyaś-cittika [ prAyazcittika ]3[ pr^ayaz-cittika ] mf ([ I ]) n. expiatory ĀśvŚr.
---> expiable Buddh. (1) requiring an expiation L.
===> prāyaśas [ prAyazas ]3[ pr^ay'a-zas ] ind. for the most part, mostly, generally (1) as a rule MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) in all probability Kathās
===> prāyaṇa [ prAyaNa ]2[ pr^'ayaNa ] mfn. going forth, going VS. (1) n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up. (2) the course or path of life MBh. BhP. (3) going for protection, taking refuge BhP. (4) departure from life, death, voluntary departure ([ °NaM-√ kR ], to court departure) Mn. ix, 323 (5) a kind of food prepared with milk Pur.
===> prāyeṇa [ prAyeNa ]2[ pr^ayeNa ] ind. mostly, generally, as a rule ŚrS. Mn. R. &c. (1) most probably, likely Hit. (cf. [ pr^ayazas ] and 1. [ pr^ayas ])
===> [ prAyeNa ]1[ pr^ayeNa ] See under [ pr^aya ] above
===> prāyogika [ prAyogika ]3[ prA-yogika ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ -yoga ]) applied. used, applicable Kām. (cf. g. [ ched^adi ]) (1) (with [ dhUma ], m.) a kind of sternutatory Suśr.
===> prāśnika [ prAznika ]1[ prAznika ] mf ([ I ]) n. (fr. [ prazna ]) containing questions (cf. [ bahu-pr° ]) (1) m. an inquirer, arbitrator, umpire MBh. R. Mālav (2) a witness L. (3) an assistant at a spectacle or assembly (?) W.
===> prāṇa [ prANa ]2[ prANa ]1 mfn. (for 2. See p. 705, col. i) filled, full L.
===> [ prANa ]2[ pr^aN'a ]2 m. (ifc. f. [ A ] (1) for 1. See under √ [ prA ], p. 701) the breath of life, breath, respiration spirit vitality (2) pl. life RV. &c. &c. ([ pr^aNAn ] with √ [ muc ] or √ [ hA ] or [ pari- ] √ [ tyaj ], ` to resign or quit life ' (3) with √ [ rakS ], ` to save life ' (4) with [ ni-√ han ], ` to destroy life ' (5) [ tvam me pr^aNaH ] ', thou art to me as dear as life ' (6) often ifc. (7) cf. ' [ pati- ], [ m^ana-pr° ]) (8) a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. [ pr^aNa ], [ ap^ana ] and [ vyAna ] AitBr. TUp. Suśr. (9) usually 5, viz. the preceding with [ sam-Ana ] and, [ yd-Ana ] ŚBr. MBh. Suśr. &c., cf. MWB. 242 (10) or with the other vital organs 6 ŚBr. (11) or 7 AV. Br. MuṇḍUp. (12) or 9 AV. TS. Br. (13) or 10 ŚBr. (14) pl. the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. [ pr^aNa ], [ vAc ], [ cakSus ], [ zrotra ], [ manas ], collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i (15) or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. ŚrS. Mn. iv, 143) (16) air inhaled, wind AV. ŚBr. [ 705,2 ] (17) breath (as a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. ([ sarvapr^aNena ] or [ -pr^aNaiH ], ` with all one's strength ' or, all one's heart ' (18) cf. [ yathA-pr^aNam ]) (19) a breath (as a measure of time, or the time requisite for the pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vināḍikā) Var. Aryabh. VP. (20) N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahmā's month) Pur. (21) (in Sāṃkhya) the spirit (= [ puruSa ]) Tattvas (22) (in Ved^ants) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Vedântas. RTL. 35 (cf. [ prAN^atman ]) (23) poetical inspiration W. (24) myrrh L. (25) a N. of the letter [ y ] Up. (26) of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. ([ vasiSThasya pr^aN^ap^anau ] ĀrshBr.) (27) of Brahmā L. (28) of Viṣṇu RTL. 106 (29) of a Vasu BhP. (30) of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv. (31) of a Marut Yājñ. Sch. (32) of a son of Dhātṛ Pur. (33) of a son of Vidhātṛ BhP. (34) of a Ṛshi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv.
===> prāṇa-hara [ prANahara ]3[ pr^aN'a-hara ] mf ([ I ]) n. taking away or threatening life, destructive, fatal, dangerous to (comp.) Yājñ. R. Cāṇ (1) capital punishment R.
===> prāṇaka [ prANaka ]2[ pr^aNaka ] m. a living being. animal, worm Kāraṇḍ (1) Terminalia Tomentosa or Coccinia Grandis L. (2) myrrh ([ bola ]) or a jacket ([ cola ]) L.
===> prāṇi-vadha [ prANivadha ]3[ pr^aNi-vadha ] m. slaughter of living beings (1) [ -pr^ayazcitta ] n. N. of wk.
===> prāṇin [ prANin ]2[ pr^aNin ] mfn. breathing, living, alive (1) m. a living or sentient being, living creature, animal or man ŚBr. &c, &c. (also n. ĀpŚr.) [ 706,2 ]
===> prīta [ prIta ]2[ prIt'a ] mfn. pleased, delighted, satisfied, joyful, glad (1) pleased or delighted or satisfied with, joyful at, glad of (with instr., loc., gen., or ifc.) RV. &c. &c. (2) beloved, dear to (gen. or comp.) Cāṇ. Hit. (3) kind (as speech) Hit. (4) ([ A ]), f. a symbolical expression for the sound [ S ] RāmatUp. (v. l. [ pItA ]) (5) n. jest, mirth L. (6) pleasure, delight W.
===> prīti [ prIti ]2[ prIti ] f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or ifc. (1) with ind. p., ` joy at having done anything ') GṛŚrS. &c. &c. (2) friendly disposition, kindness, favour, grace, amity (with [ samam ] or ifc.), affection, love (with gen., loc., or ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two wives of Kāma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Kathās (4) N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt (5) the 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. L. (6) N. of the 13th Kalā of the moon Cat. (7) a symbolical expression for the sound [ dh ] RāmatUp. (8) ([ yA ]), ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Kathās (9) in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c.
===> prīti-kara [ prItikara ]3[ prIti-kara ] mfn. causing pleasure to (comp.) MārkP. Pāṇ. 6-2, 15 Sch. (cf. [ a-p° ]) (1) inspiring love or affection MW. (2) m. N. of two authors Cat.
===> prīti-manas [ prItimanas ]3[ prIti-manas ] mfn. joyous-minded, pleased in mind, content (1) kind W.
===> puccha [ puccha ]1[ p'uccha ] m. n. (ifc. f. [ A ], or [ I ] cf. Pāṇ. 4-i, 55 Vārtt. 1-3) a tail, the hinder part AV. &c. &c (1) last or extreme end (as of a year) ŚāṅkhBr.
===> pudgala [ pudgala ]1[ pudgala ] mf ([ A ]) n. beautiful, lovely, handsome MārkP. (1) m. the body Hit. i, 41, v. l (2) (with Jainas) material object (including atoms) Śaṃk. MWB. 535 (3) the soul, personal entity Lalit. (4) man Var (5) the Ego or individual (in a disparaging sense) SaddhP. (6) N. of Śiva MBh. (= [ deha ] Nīlak.) (7) a horse of the colour of rockcrystal Gal.
===> pukkasa [ pukkasa ]2[ pukkasa ] m. id. (1) ([ I ]), f. the indigo plant L. (2) = [ kalikA ] or [ kAlikA ] L.
===> pula [ pula ]1[ pula ] mfn. extended, wide L. (1) m. horripilation (See under [ pulaka ]) L. (2) N. of an attendant of Siva L. (3) ([ A ]), f. the soft palate or uvula L. (4) N. of a partic. pace of horses Śiś. v, 60. Sch. (5) ([ I ]), f. a bunch (See [ tRNa-pulI ]) (6) n. size, extent L.
===> pulaka [ pulaka ]2[ pulaka ] m. a species of edible plant MBh. (1) a species of tree L. (2) (pl.) erection or bristling of the hairs of the body (considered to be occasioned by delight or rapture rather than by fear) Kāv. Pur. (also n. but mostly occurring ibc. and ifc. with f. [ A ]) (3) a bunch (See [ tRNa-p° ]) (4) a kind of stone or gem Var (5) flaw or defect in a gem L. (6) a kind of insect or vermin L. (7) a cake of meal with which elephants are fed L. (8) orpiment L. (9) a Gandharva L. (10) = [ asurAjI ] (?) L. (11) N. of a prince VP. (12) of a Nāga L. (13) n. a species of earth L. (14) horripilation (cf. above) (15) [ °k^akul^akRti ] mfn. ` having the frame excited by bristling hair ', thrilled with joy MW. (16) [ °k^aGkita-sav^aGga ] mf ([ I ]) n. having the whole body covered with bristling hair Pañc (17) [ °k^aGkura ] m. (sprout of) bristling hair Gīt. (18) [ °k^aGga ] m. the noose or cord of Varuṇa L. (19) [ °k^acita ] mfn. covered with bristling hair Śak. (Pi.) iii, 12 (v. l. [ °k^ancita ]) (20) [ °k^alaya ] m. N. of Kubera L. (21) [ °k^okampa ] mfn. trembling with a thrill of delight Kathās (22) [ °k^adgama ] m. erection of the hair Bhartṛ (23) [ °k^addhUSita-zarIra ] (B. [ dhRSita-z° ]), mfn. having she body covered with erected hairs Pañc (24) [ °k^adbheda ], m. = [ °k^adgama ] Bhartṛ
===> pulina [ pulina ]2[ pulina ] m. n. (g. [ ardarc^adi ]) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach (ifc. f. [ A ]) MBh. Kāv. &c. (1) the bank of a river (= [ tIra ]) Ragh. Sch. (2) m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh. (3) of a poet Cat.
===> pulinda [ pulinda ]2[ pulinda ] m. pl. (Uṇ. iv, 85) N. of a barbarous tribe AitBr. MBh. &c. (1) (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe (2) a barbarian, mountaineer MBh. Kathās (3) N. of a king BhP. (4) the mast or rib of a ship (= [ polinda ]) L. (5) ([ A ]), f. N. nf a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ (6) ([ I ]), f. a Pulinda woman BhP. (7) (in music), N. of a Rāga
===> pulāka [ pulAka ]2[ pulAka ] m. n. shrivelled or blighted or empty or bad grain Mn. MBh. &c. (1) a partic. species of grain L. (2) a lump of boiled rice L. ([ °k^adaka ] n. rice-water Suśr.) (3) brevity, abbreviation, compendium L. (4) celerity, dispatch ([ -kArin ] mfn. making haste, hastening) L.
===> punar [ punar ]1[ p'unar ] ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with √ 1. [ gam ], [ yA ], to go back or away (1) with √ [ dA ], to give back, restore (2) with √ [ bhU ], to turn round (3) with √ [ as ] and dat., to fall back upon) (4) again, once more (also with [ bhUyas ]) ib. (with √ [ bhU ], to exist again, be renewed, become a wife again, re= marry) (5) again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly [ p'unaH p° ] which with [ na ] = nevermore) (6) further, moreover, besides ib. (also [ punar aparam ] (7) [ Adau-punar-pazcAt ], at first-then-later) (8) however, still, nevertheless MBh. Kāv. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding [ atha vA ], [ api vA ], or [ vA ] alone (9) [ punar api ], even again, on the other hand, also (10) [ kadA p° ], at any time, ever (11) [ kim p° ], how much more or less? however (12) [ preceding-p° ], now-now (13) at one time - at another time)
===> punar-bhava [ punarbhava ]3[ p'unar-bhava ] mfn. born again BhP. (1) ni. new birth, transmigration MBh. Kāv. &c. (2) a finger-nail L. (cf. [ -nava ]) (3) a species of Punar-navā with red flowers L.
===> punar-ukta [ punarukta ]3[ p'unar-ukta ] mf ([ A ]) n. said again, reiterated, repeated MBh. R. &c. (ibc. and [ am ] ind. repeatedly) (1) superfluous, useless Vikr. iii, 7/8 Hcar. (2) n. repetition, useless repetition, tautology ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c. (3) [ -janman ] m. ` whose birth is repeated ', a Br1hman L. (4) [ -tA ] f. [ -tva ] n. repetition, (esp.) useless repeated, tautology Sāh (5) [ -bhuktaviSaya ] mfn. (an occupation) in which the objects of sense are repeatedly enjoyed Bhartṛ (6) [ -vadAbhAsa ] m. seeming tautology (a figure of speech) Sāh (7) [ -vAdin ] mfn. repeating the same things, talking idly Śak
===> punar-vasu [ punarvasu ]3[ p'unar-vasu ] ([ p'unar- ]), m. ` restoring goods ', N. of the 5th or 7th lunar mansion RV., &c. &c. (mostly du., cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 61 (1) [ -tv'a ] n. MaitrS.) (2) . of Viṣṇu or Kṛshṇa MBh. (3) of Śiva L. (4) of Kātyāyana or Vararuci L. (5) of a son of Taittiri (son of Abhijit and father of Āhuka) Hariv. (6) of a son of Abhijit (Ari-dyota) and father of Āhuka Pur. (7) of other men Pāṇ. 1-2, 61 Sch. (8) of a partic. world L. (9) commencement of wealth L.
===> punar-āvṛtti [ punarAvRtti ]3[ p'unar-AvRtti ] f. return, re-appearance, re-birth Yājñ. (1) repetition ĀśvŚr.
===> pura [ pura ]2[ pura ]1 (for 2. See p. 635), in comp. for [ puras ]
===> [ pura ]2[ pura ] (for 1. See p. 634, col. 2), n. (ifc. f. [ A ]) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [ 635,3 ] ; if it extends for half that distance it is called a [ kheTa ], if less than that, a [ karvaTa ] or small market town ; any smaller cluster of houses is called a [ grAma ] or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c. (1) the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. [ antaH-p° ], [ nArI-p° ] &c.) (2) a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas (3) an upper story L. (4) a brothel L. (5) ` the city ' Gk. ? i. e. Pāṭali-putra or Patnā L. (6) = [ tri-pura ], the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathās (7) the body (cf. 3. [ pur ]) BhP. (8) the skin L. (9) a species of Cyperus L. (10) N. of a constellation Var (11) a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. w. r. for [ puTa ]) (12) N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. [ tripurI ] or [ tripuTI ] (perhaps also w. r. for [ puTa ]) Cat. (13) mf ([ A ]) n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L. (14) m. N. of an Asura= [ tri-pura ] (cf. [ pura-jit ]), of another man, g. [ kurv-Adi ] (15) ([ A ]), f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. [ agni-purA ] and [ azma-p° ]) (16) a kind of perfume L. (17) ([ I ]), f. a fortress, castle, town TĀr. MBh. &c. (18) N. of a town (the capital of Kaliṅga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nātha or Kṛshṇa IW. 244, n. 1) (19) the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr. (20) the body BhP. (21) N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of Śaṃkara, the members of which add the word [ purI ] to their names) W.